` corresponds to a root of your \TeX{} distribution, such as
`/usr/share/texmf` and `~/texmf` on UN\*X systems or
`C:\Users\`\meta{Your username}`\texmf` on Windows systems. When in doubt,
consult the manual of your \TeX{} distribution.
### Portable Installation
Alternatively, you can also store the above files in the same folder as your
\TeX{} document and distribute them together. This way your document can be
portably typeset on legacy \TeX{} distributions.
%
%<*lua>
% \fi
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Requirements
%-------------
%
% This section gives an overview of all resources required by the package.
%
%### Lua Requirements
% \label{sec:luaprerequisites}
% The Lua part of the package requires that the following Lua modules are
% available from within the Lua\TeX{} engine:
%
% \pkg{LPeg${}\geq{}$0.10}
%
%: A pattern-matching library for the writing of recursive descent parsers
% via the Parsing Expression Grammars (\acro{peg}s). It is used by the
% \pkg{Lunamark} library to parse the markdown input.
% \pkg{LPeg${}\geq{}$0.10} is included in Lua\TeX${}\geq{}$0.72.0 (\TeX
% Live${}\geq{}2013$).
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local lpeg = require("lpeg")
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \pkg{Selene Unicode}
%
%: A library that provides support for the processing of wide strings. It is
% used by the \pkg{Lunamark} library to cast image, link, and footnote tags
% to the lower case. \pkg{Selene Unicode} is included in all releases of
% Lua\TeX{} (\TeX Live${}\geq{}2008$).
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local unicode = require("unicode")
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \pkg{MD5}
%
%: A library that provides \acro{md5} crypto functions. It is used by the
% \pkg{Lunamark} library to compute the digest of the input for caching
% purposes. \pkg{MD5} is included in all releases of Lua\TeX{} (\TeX
% Live${}\geq{}2008$).
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local md5 = require("md5")
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% All the abovelisted modules are statically linked into the current version of
% the Lua\TeX{} engine~[@luatex17, Section 3.3].
%
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Plain \TeX{} Requirements
% \label{sec:texprerequisites}
% The plain \TeX{} part of the package requires that the plain \TeX{}
% format (or its superset) is loaded, all the Lua prerequisites (see
% Section \ref{sec:luaprerequisites}), and the following Lua module:
%
% \pkg{Lua File System}
%
%: A library that provides access to the filesystem via \acro{os}-specific
% syscalls. It is used by the plain \TeX{} code to create the cache
% directory specified by the \m{markdownOptionCacheDir} macro before
% interfacing with the \pkg{Lunamark} library. \pkg{Lua File System} is
% included in all releases of Lua\TeX{} (\TeX Live${}\geq{}2008$).
%
% The plain \TeX{} code makes use of the \luam{isdir} method that was added
% to the \pkg{Lua File System} library by the Lua\TeX{} engine
% developers~[@luatex17, Section 3.2].
%
% The \pkg{Lua File System} module is statically linked into the Lua\TeX{}
% engine~[@luatex17, Section~3.3].
%
% Unless you convert markdown documents to \TeX{} manually using the Lua
% command-line interface (see Section~\ref{sec:lua-cli-interface}), the plain
% \TeX{} part of the package will require that either the Lua\TeX{}
% \m{directlua} primitive or the shell access file stream 18 is available in
% your \TeX{} engine. If only the shell access file stream is available in your
% \TeX{} engine (as is the case with \hologo{pdfTeX} and \Hologo{XeTeX}) or if
% you enforce the use of shell using the \m{markdownMode} macro, then unless
% your \TeX{} engine is globally configured to enable shell access, you will
% need to provide the `-shell-escape` parameter to your engine when typesetting
% a document.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
%
%<*latex>
% \fi
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### \LaTeX{} Requirements
% \label{sec:latexprerequisites}
% The \LaTeX{} part of the package requires that the \Hologo{LaTeX2e} format is
% loaded,
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% all the plain \TeX{} prerequisites (see Section \ref{sec:texprerequisites}),
% and the following \Hologo{LaTeX2e} packages:
%
% \pkg{keyval}
%
%: A package that enables the creation of parameter sets. This package is
% used to provide the \m{markdownSetup} macro, the package options
% processing, as well as the parameters of the \envm{markdown*} \LaTeX{}
% environment.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{keyval}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \pkg{url}
%
%: A package that provides the \m{url} macro for the typesetting of
% \acro{url}s. It is used to provide the default token renderer prototype
% (see Section \ref{sec:texrendererprototypes}) for links.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{url}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \pkg{graphicx}
%
%: A package that provides the \m{includegraphics} macro for the typesetting
% of images. It is used to provide the corresponding default token renderer
% prototype (see Section \ref{sec:texrendererprototypes}).
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{graphicx}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \pkg{paralist}
%
%: A package that provides the \envm{compactitem}, \envm{compactenum}, and
% \envm{compactdesc} macros for the typesetting of tight bulleted lists,
% ordered lists, and definition lists. It is used to provide the
% corresponding default token renderer prototypes (see Section
% \ref{sec:texrendererprototypes}).
%
% \pkg{ifthen}
%
%: A package that provides a concise syntax for the inspection of macro
% values. It is used to determine whether or not the \pkg{paralist} package
% should be loaded based on the user options.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{ifthen}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \pkg{fancyvrb}
%
%: A package that provides the \m{VerbatimInput} macros for the verbatim
% inclusion of files containing code. It is used to provide the
% corresponding default token renderer prototype (see Section
% \ref{sec:texrendererprototypes}).
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{fancyvrb}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \pkg{csvsimple}
%
%: A package that provides the default token renderer prototype for
% iA\,Writer content blocks with the \acro{csv} filename extension (see
% Section \ref{sec:texrendererprototypes}).
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{csvsimple}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \pkg{gobble}
%
%: A package that provides the \m{\@gobblethree} \TeX{} command.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{gobble}
% \end{macrocode}
% \iffalse
%
%<*context>
% \fi
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Prerequisites
% The \Hologo{ConTeXt} part of the package requires that either the Mark II or
% the Mark IV format is loaded, all the plain \TeX{} prerequisites (see
% Section \ref{sec:texprerequisites}), and the following \Hologo{ConTeXt}
% modules:
%
% \pkg{m-database}
%
%: A module that provides the default token renderer prototype for
% iA\,Writer content blocks with the \acro{csv} filename extension (see
% Section \ref{sec:texrendererprototypes}).
%
% Interfaces
%===========
% \label{sec:interfaces}
% This part of the documentation describes the interfaces exposed by the package
% along with usage notes and examples. It is aimed at the user of the package.
%
% Since neither \TeX{} nor Lua provide interfaces as a language construct, the
% separation to interfaces and implementations is purely abstract. It serves as
% a means of structuring this documentation and as a promise to the user that
% if they only access the package through the interface, the future minor
% versions of the package should remain backwards compatible.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual>
First Document
--------------
In this section, we will take the necessary steps to typeset our first markdown
document in \TeX{}. This will serve as our first hands-on experience with the
package and also as a reassurance that the package has been correctly installed.
### Using Lua
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input hello
\bye
```````
#### Using the Lua Module
Using a text editor, create a text document named `hello.lua` with the
following content:
``` lua
#!/usr/bin/env texlua
local kpse = require("kpse")
kpse.set_program_name("luatex")
local markdown = require("markdown")
local convert = markdown.new()
print(convert("Hello *world*!"))
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
texlua hello.lua > hello.tex
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the text
“Hello *world*!” Invoking pdfTeX should have the same effect:
``` sh
texlua hello.lua > hello.tex
pdftex document.tex
``````
#### Using the Lua Command-Line Interface
Using a text editor, create a text document named `hello.md` with the
following content:
``` md
Hello *world*!
``````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ -- hello.md hello.tex
luatex document.tex
``````
where \meta{CLI pathname} corresponds to the location of the Lua CLI script file,
such as `~/texmf/scripts/markdown/markdown-cli.lua` on UN\*X systems or
`C:\Users\`\meta{Your username}`\texmf\scripts\markdown\markdown-cli.lua` on Windows
systems. Use the command `kpsewhich markdown-cli.lua` to locate the Lua CLI
script file using [Kpathsea][].
[Kpathsea]: https://tug.org/kpathsea/ (Kpathsea - TeX Users Group)
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the text “Hello
*world*!” Invoking pdfTeX should have the same effect:
``` sh
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ -- hello.md hello.tex
pdftex document.tex
``````
### Using Plain \TeX{}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\markdownBegin
Hello *world*!
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the text
“Hello *world*!” Invoking pdfTeX should have the same effect:
``` sh
pdftex --shell-escape document.tex
```````
### Using \LaTeX{}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
Hello *world*!
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the text “Hello
*world*!” Invoking pdfTeX should have the same effect:
``` sh
pdflatex --shell-escape document.tex
``````
***
As the next step, try typesetting the example documents distributed along with
the Markdown package:
``` sh
git clone https://github.com/witiko/markdown
cd markdown/examples
lualatex latex.tex
``````
A PDF document named `latex.pdf` should be produced. Open the text documents
`latex.tex` and `example.md` in a text editor to see how the example documents
are structured. Try changing the documents and typesetting them as follows:
``` sh
lualatex latex.tex
``````
to see the effect of your changes.
### Using \Hologo{ConTeXt}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\starttext
\startmarkdown
Hello *world*!
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the text “Hello
*world*!” Invoking pdfTeX should have the same effect:
``` sh
texexec --passon=--shell-escape document.tex
``````
***
As the next step, try typesetting the example documents distributed along with
the Markdown package:
``` sh
git clone https://github.com/witiko/markdown
cd markdown/examples
context context.tex
``````
A PDF document named `context.pdf` should be produced. Open the text documents
`context.tex` and `example.md` in a text editor to see how the example documents
are structured. Try changing the documents and typesetting them as follows:
``` sh
context context.tex
``````
to see the effect of your changes.
Examples
========
In this section, I will describe the individual parts of the Markdown package.
Each part will be shown by example, leaving the implementation details to the
[technical documentation][techdoc].
[techdoc]: http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/generic/markdown/markdown.pdf
(A Markdown Interpreter for \TeX{})
/markdown-interfaces.md
/markdown-options.md
/markdown-tokens.md
%
%<*lua>
% \fi
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Lua Interface
%--------------
% \label{sec:luainterface}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-interfaces>
Interfaces
----------
In this section, I will describe the individual interfaces exposed by the
Markdown package starting with the low-level Lua interfaces and all the way up
to the \LaTeX{} and \Hologo{ConTeXt} interfaces intended for the ordinary
user.
### Lua
The Lua programming language is what drives the conversion from markdown to
\TeX{} in the Markdown package. Based on the [Lunamark][] Lua library by John
MacFarlane, the Lua implementation is largely independent on \TeX{}, and can be
used separately from typesetting a document. Lua provides two interfaces: a Lua
module and a command-line interface (CLI).
[Lunamark]: https://github.com/jgm/lunamark
(Lua library for conversion between markup formats)
%
%<*lua>
% \fi
%
% The Lua interface provides the conversion from \acro{utf}-\oldstylenums8
% encoded markdown to plain \TeX{}. This interface is used by the plain \TeX{}
% implementation (see Section \ref{sec:teximplementation}) and will be of
% interest to the developers of other packages and Lua modules.
%
% The Lua interface is implemented by the `markdown` Lua module.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local M = {metadata = metadata}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Conversion from Markdown to Plain \TeX{}
% \label{sec:luaconversion}
% The Lua interface exposes the \luamdef{new}`(options)` method. This
% method creates converter functions that perform the conversion from markdown
% to plain \TeX{} according to the table `options` that contains options
% recognized by the Lua interface. (see Section \ref{sec:luaoptions}). The
% `options` parameter is optional; when unspecified, the behaviour will be
% the same as if `options` were an empty table.
%
% The following example Lua code converts the markdown string `Hello
% *world*!` to a \TeX{} output using the default options and prints the \TeX{}
% output:
% ``` lua
% local md = require("markdown")
% local convert = md.new()
% print(convert("Hello *world*!"))
% ```````
%
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-interfaces>
#### Lua Module
A Lua module is a software library that can be used from in other programs.
The `markdown` Lua module makes it possible to convert markdown to \TeX{} from
within Lua\TeX{} documents and Lua scripts.
The `markdown` Lua module exposes the `new(`\meta{options}`)` method, which
creates a converter function from markdown to \TeX{}. The properties of the
converter function are specified by the Lua table `options`. The parameter is
optional; when unspecified, the behaviour will be the same as if \meta{options}
were an empty table.
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\input example
\bye
```````
Using a text editor, create a text document named `example.lua` with the
following content:
``` lua
#!/usr/bin/env texlua
local kpse = require("kpse")
kpse.set_program_name("luatex")
local markdown = require("markdown")
local input, convert_safe, convert_unsafe, paragraph
input = [[$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$.]]
convert_safe = markdown.new()
convert_unsafe = markdown.new({hybrid = true})
paragraph = [[\par]]
print(
convert_safe(input) .. paragraph ..
convert_unsafe(input)
)
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
texlua example.lua > example.tex
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \$\\sqrt{-1}\$ *equals* \$i\$.
>
> √-̅1̅ *equals* $i$.
Invoking pdfTeX should have the same effect:
``` sh
texlua example.lua > example.tex
pdftex document.tex
``````
***
Rather than use the `texlua` interpreter, we can also access the `markdown` Lua
module directly from our document. Using a text editor, create a text document
named `document.tex` with the following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\directlua{
local markdown = require("markdown")
local input, convert_safe, convert_unsafe, paragraph
input = [[$\string\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$.]]
convert_safe = markdown.new()
convert_unsafe = markdown.new({hybrid = true})
paragraph = [[\par]]
tex.sprint(
convert_safe(input) .. paragraph ..
convert_unsafe(input)
)
}
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
```````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \$\\sqrt{-1}\$ *equals* \$i\$.
>
> √-̅1̅ *equals* $i$.
In this case, we cannot use pdfTeX, because pdfTeX does not define the
`\directlua` \TeX{} command.
#### Lua Command-Line Interface
The Lua command-line interface (CLI) of the Markdown package makes the
functionality of the Lua module accessible from the command line. This makes
it possible to convert documents from markdown to \TeX{} manually without any
knowledge of the Lua programming language.
The Lua command-line interface accepts the same options as the `markdown` Lua
module, but now the options are specified as command-line parameters.
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\input safe
\input unsafe
\bye
```````
Using a text editor, create a text document named `example.md` with the
following content:
``` md
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$.
``````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ -- example.md safe.tex
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ hybrid=true -- example.md unsafe.tex
luatex document.tex
``````
where \meta{CLI pathname} corresponds to the location of the Lua CLI script file,
such as `~/texmf/scripts/markdown/markdown-cli.lua` on UN\*X systems or
`C:\Users\`\meta{Your username}`\texmf\scripts\markdown\markdown-cli.lua` on Windows
systems. Use the command `kpsewhich markdown-cli.lua` to locate the Lua CLI
script file using [Kpathsea][].
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \$\\sqrt{-1}\$ *equals* \$i\$.
>
> √-̅1̅ *equals* $i$.
Invoking pdfTeX should have the same effect:
``` sh
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ -- example.md safe.tex
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ hybrid=true -- example.md unsafe.tex
pdftex document.tex
``````
%
%<*lua>
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Options
% \label{sec:luaoptions}
% The Lua interface recognizes the following options. When unspecified, the
% value of a key is taken from the \luamdef{defaultOptions} table.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
## Options
In this section, I will describe all the options recognized by the Markdown
package.
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
local defaultOptions = {}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begingroup
% \markdownSetup{
% renderers = {
% dlBegin = {\begin{optionlist}},
% dlItem = {
% #1
% \begingroup
% \markdownSetup{
% renderers = {
% dlBegin = {
% \begingroup
% \markdownSetup{
% renderers = {
% dlItem = {\item[####1]},
% dlItemEnd = {}}}
% \begin{valuelist}},
% dlEnd = {
% \end{valuelist}
% \endgroup}}}},
% dlItemEnd = {\endgroup},
% dlEnd = {\end{optionlist}}}}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
### Lua
Lua options control the conversion from markdown to \TeX{}. They are supported
by all interfaces of the Markdown package starting with the low-level Lua
interfaces and all the way up to the \LaTeX{} and \Hologo{ConTeXt} interfaces.
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### File and Directory Names
%
% \end{markdown}
% \par
% \iffalse
#### Option `cacheDir`
`cacheDir` (default value: `"."`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Valitem[.]{cacheDir}{path}
%
: A path to the directory containing auxiliary cache files. If the last
segment of the path does not exist, it will be created by the Lua
command-line and plain \TeX{} implementations. The Lua implementation
expects that the entire path already exists.
When iteratively writing and typesetting a markdown document, the cache
files are going to accumulate over time. You are advised to clean the
cache directory every now and then, or to set it to a temporary filesystem
(such as `/tmp` on UN*X systems), which gets periodically emptied.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### Lua Module Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\directlua{
local markdown = require("markdown")
local convert = markdown.new({cacheDir = "cache"})
local input = "Hello *world*!"
tex.sprint(convert(input)) }
\bye
```````
Create an empty directory named `cache` next to our text document. Then, invoke
LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
```````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the text
“Hello *world*!” Several cache files of the Markdown package will also be
produced in the `cache` directory as we requested using the `cacheDir` option.
##### Lua CLI Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input hello
\bye
```````
Using a text editor, create a text document named `hello.md` with the
following content:
``` md
Hello *world*!
``````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ cacheDir=cache -- hello.md hello.tex
luatex document.tex
```````
where \meta{CLI pathname} corresponds to the location of the Lua CLI script file,
such as `~/texmf/scripts/markdown/markdown-cli.lua` on UN\*X systems or
`C:\Users\`\meta{Your username}`\texmf\scripts\markdown\markdown-cli.lua` on Windows
systems. Use the command `kpsewhich markdown-cli.lua` to locate the Lua CLI
script file using [Kpathsea][].
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the text
“Hello *world*!” A directory named `cache` containing several cache files of
the Markdown package will also be produced as we requested using the `cacheDir`
option.
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownOptionCacheDir{cache}
\markdownBegin
Hello *world*!
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the text “Hello
*world*!” A directory named `cache` containing several cache files of the
Markdown package will also be produced as we requested using the `cacheDir`
option.
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[cacheDir=cache]{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
Hello *world*!
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the text “Hello
*world*!” A directory named `cache` containing several cache files of the
Markdown package will also be produced as we requested using the `cacheDir`
option.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownOptionCacheDir{cache}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
Hello *world*!
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the text “Hello
*world*!” A directory named `cache` containing several cache files of the
Markdown package will also be produced as we requested using the `cacheDir`
option.
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.cacheDir = "."
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Parser Options
%
% \end{markdown}
% \par
% \iffalse
#### Option `blankBeforeBlockquote`
`blankBeforeBlockquote` (default value: `false`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
% \Optitem[false]{blankBeforeBlockquote}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Require a blank line between a paragraph and the following blockquote.
false
: Do not require a blank line between a paragraph and the following
blockquote.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### Lua Module Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\directlua{
local markdown = require("markdown")
local newline = [[^^J^^J]]
local convert, input
convert = markdown.new()
input = "A paragraph." .. newline ..
"> A quote." .. newline
tex.sprint(convert(input))
convert = markdown.new({blankBeforeBlockquote = true})
input = "A paragraph." .. newline ..
"> Not a quote." .. newline
tex.sprint(convert(input)) }
\bye
```````
Then, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
```````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A paragraph.
>
> > A quote.
>
> A paragraph > Not a quote.
##### Lua CLI Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\input optionfalse
\input optiontrue
\bye
```````
Using a text editor, create a text document named `content.md` with the
following content:
``` md
A paragraph.
> A quote?
``````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ -- content.md optionfalse.tex
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ blankBeforeBlockquote=true -- content.md optiontrue.tex
luatex document.tex
```````
where \meta{CLI pathname} corresponds to the location of the Lua CLI script file,
such as `~/texmf/scripts/markdown/markdown-cli.lua` on UN\*X systems or
`C:\Users\`\meta{Your username}`\texmf\scripts\markdown\markdown-cli.lua` on Windows
systems. Use the command `kpsewhich markdown-cli.lua` to locate the Lua CLI
script file using [Kpathsea][].
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A paragraph.
>
> > A quote?
>
> A paragraph. > A quote?
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\markdownBegin
A paragraph.
> A quote.
\markdownEnd
\def\markdownOptionBlankBeforeBlockquote{true}
\markdownBegin
A paragraph.
> Not a quote.
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A paragraph.
>
> > A quote.
>
> A paragraph > Not a quote.
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
A paragraph.
> A quote.
\end{markdown}
\begin{markdown*}{blankBeforeBlockquote}
A paragraph.
> Not a quote.
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A paragraph.
>
> > A quote.
>
> A paragraph > Not a quote.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\starttext
\startmarkdown
A paragraph.
> A quote.
\stopmarkdown
\def\markdownOptionBlankBeforeBlockquote{true}
\startmarkdown
A paragraph.
> Not a quote.
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A paragraph.
>
> > A quote.
>
> A paragraph > Not a quote.
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.blankBeforeBlockquote = false
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `blankBeforeCodeFence`
`blankBeforeCodeFence` (default value: `false`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[false]{blankBeforeCodeFence}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Require a blank line between a paragraph and the following fenced code
block.
false
: Do not require a blank line between a paragraph and the following
fenced code block.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### Lua Module Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\directlua{
local markdown = require("markdown")
local newline = [[^^J^^J]]
local convert, input
convert = markdown.new({fencedCode = true})
input = "A paragraph." .. newline ..
"```" .. newline ..
"A code fence." .. newline ..
"```" .. newline
tex.sprint(convert(input))
convert = markdown.new({
fencedCode = true, blankBeforeCodeFence = true})
input = "A paragraph." .. newline ..
"```" .. newline ..
"Not a code fence." .. newline ..
"```" .. newline
tex.sprint(convert(input)) }
\bye
```````
Then, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
```````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A paragraph.
>
> ```
> A code fence.
> ```
>
> A paragraph. ``` Not a code fence. ```
##### Lua CLI Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\input optionfalse
\input optiontrue
\bye
```````
Using a text editor, create a text document named `content.md` with the
following content:
```` md
A paragraph.
```
A code fence?
```
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ fencedCode=true -- content.md optionfalse.tex
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ fencedCode=true blankBeforeCodeFence=true -- content.md optiontrue.tex
luatex document.tex
```````
where \meta{CLI pathname} corresponds to the location of the Lua CLI script file,
such as `~/texmf/scripts/markdown/markdown-cli.lua` on UN\*X systems or
`C:\Users\`\meta{Your username}`\texmf\scripts\markdown\markdown-cli.lua` on Windows
systems. Use the command `kpsewhich markdown-cli.lua` to locate the Lua CLI
script file using [Kpathsea][].
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A paragraph.
>
> ```
> A code fence?
> ```
>
> A paragraph. ``` A code fence? ```
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
```` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownOptionFencedCode{true}
\markdownBegin
A paragraph.
```
A code fence.
```
\markdownEnd
\def\markdownOptionBlankBeforeCodeFence{true}
\markdownBegin
A paragraph.
```
Not a code fence.
```
\markdownEnd
\bye
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A paragraph.
>
> ```
> A code fence.
> ```
>
> A paragraph. ``` Not a code fence. ```
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
```` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[fencedCode]{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
A paragraph.
```
A code fence.
```
\end{markdown}
\begin{markdown*}{blankBeforeCodeFence}
A paragraph.
```
Not a code fence.
```
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A paragraph.
>
> ```
> A code fence.
> ```
>
> A paragraph. ``` Not a code fence. ```
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
```` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownOptionFencedCode{true}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
A paragraph.
```
A code fence.
```
\stopmarkdown
\def\markdownOptionBlankBeforeCodeFence{true}
\startmarkdown
A paragraph.
```
Not a code fence.
```
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A paragraph.
>
> ```
> A code fence.
> ```
>
> A paragraph. ``` Not a code fence. ```
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.blankBeforeCodeFence = false
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `blankBeforeHeading`
`blankBeforeHeading` (default value: `false`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[false]{blankBeforeHeading}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Require a blank line between a paragraph and the following header.
false
: Do not require a blank line between a paragraph and the following
header.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### Lua Module Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\def\markdownRendererHeadingOne#1{{\bf #1}\par}
\directlua{
local markdown = require("markdown")
local newline = [[^^J^^J]]
local convert, input
convert = markdown.new()
input = "A paragraph." .. newline ..
"A heading." .. newline ..
"==========" .. newline
tex.sprint(convert(input))
convert = markdown.new({blankBeforeHeading = true})
input = "A paragraph." .. newline ..
"Not a heading." .. newline ..
"==============" .. newline
tex.sprint(convert(input)) }
\bye
```````
Then, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
```````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A paragraph.
>
> A heading.
> ==========
>
> A paragraph. Not a heading. ==============
##### Lua CLI Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\input optionfalse
\input optiontrue
\bye
```````
Using a text editor, create a text document named `content.md` with the
following content:
``` md
A paragraph.
A heading?
==========
``````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ -- content.md optionfalse.tex
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ blankBeforeHeading=true -- content.md optiontrue.tex
luatex document.tex
```````
where \meta{CLI pathname} corresponds to the location of the Lua CLI script file,
such as `~/texmf/scripts/markdown/markdown-cli.lua` on UN\*X systems or
`C:\Users\`\meta{Your username}`\texmf\scripts\markdown\markdown-cli.lua` on Windows
systems. Use the command `kpsewhich markdown-cli.lua` to locate the Lua CLI
script file using [Kpathsea][].
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A paragraph.
>
> A heading?
> ==========
>
> A paragraph. A heading? ==========
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\markdownBegin
A paragraph.
A heading.
==========
\markdownEnd
\def\markdownOptionBlankBeforeHeading{true}
\markdownBegin
A paragraph.
Not a heading.
==============
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A paragraph.
>
> A heading.
> ==========
>
> A paragraph. Not a heading. ==============
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
A paragraph.
A heading.
==========
\end{markdown}
\begin{markdown*}{blankBeforeHeading}
A paragraph.
Not a heading.
==============
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A paragraph.
>
> A heading.
> ==========
>
> A paragraph. Not a heading. ==============
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\starttext
\startmarkdown
A paragraph.
A heading.
==========
\stopmarkdown
\def\markdownOptionBlankBeforeHeading{true}
\startmarkdown
A paragraph.
Not a heading.
==============
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
`````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A paragraph.
>
> A heading.
> ==========
>
> A paragraph. Not a heading. ==============
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.blankBeforeHeading = false
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `breakableBlockquotes`
`breakableBlockquotes` (default value: `false`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[false]{breakableBlockquotes}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: A blank line separates block quotes.
false
: Blank lines in the middle of a block quote are ignored.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### Lua Module Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\def\markdownRendererHeadingOne#1{{\bf #1}\par}
\directlua{
local markdown = require("markdown")
local newline = [[^^J^^J]]
local convert, input
convert = markdown.new()
input = "> A single" .. newline .. newline ..
"> block quote." .. newline
tex.sprint(convert(input))
convert = markdown.new({breakableBlockquotes = true})
input = "> A block quote." .. newline .. newline ..
"> Another block quote." .. newline
tex.sprint(convert(input)) }
\bye
```````
Then, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
```````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> > A single block quote.
>
> > A block quote.
>
> > Another block quote.
##### Lua CLI Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\input optionfalse
\input optiontrue
\bye
```````
Using a text editor, create a text document named `content.md` with the
following content:
``` md
> A single block quote
> or two block quotes?
``````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ -- content.md optionfalse.tex
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ breakableBlockquotes=true -- content.md optiontrue.tex
luatex document.tex
```````
where \meta{CLI pathname} corresponds to the location of the Lua CLI script file,
such as `~/texmf/scripts/markdown/markdown-cli.lua` on UN\*X systems or
`C:\Users\`\meta{Your username}`\texmf\scripts\markdown\markdown-cli.lua` on Windows
systems. Use the command `kpsewhich markdown-cli.lua` to locate the Lua CLI
script file using [Kpathsea][].
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> > A single block quote or two block quotes?
>
> > A single block quote
>
> > or two block quotes?
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\markdownBegin
> A single
> block quote.
\markdownEnd
\def\markdownOptionBreakableBlockquotes{true}
\markdownBegin
> A block quote.
> Another block quote.
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> > A single block quote.
>
> > A block quote.
>
> > Another block quote.
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
> A single
> block quote.
\end{markdown}
\begin{markdown*}{breakableBlockquotes}
> A block quote.
> Another block quote.
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> > A single block quote.
>
> > A block quote.
>
> > Another block quote.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\starttext
\startmarkdown
> A single
> block quote.
\stopmarkdown
\def\markdownOptionBreakableBlockquotes{true}
\startmarkdown
> A block quote.
> Another block quote.
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
`````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> > A single block quote.
>
> > A block quote.
>
> > Another block quote.
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.breakableBlockquotes = false
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `citationNbsps`
`citationNbsps` (default value: `true`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[false]{citationNbsps}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Replace regular spaces with non-breakable spaces inside the prenotes
and postnotes of citations produced via the pandoc citation syntax
extension.
false
: Do not replace regular spaces with non-breakable spaces inside the
prenotes and postnotes of citations produced via the pandoc citation
syntax extension.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.bib` with the
following content:
``` bib
@book{knuth:tex,
author = "Knuth, Donald Ervin",
title = "The \TeX book, volume A of Computers and typesetting",
publisher = "Addison-Wesley",
year = "1984"
}
```````
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[citations]{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
The TeXbook [@knuth:tex, p. 123 and 130] is good.
\end{markdown}
\begin{markdown*}{citationNbsps = false}
The TeXbook [@knuth:tex, p. 123 and 130] is good.
\end{markdown*}
\bibliographystyle{plain}
\bibliography{document.bib}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX and BibTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
bibtex document.aux
lualatex document.tex
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text, where the middot (`·`) denotes a non-breakable space:
> The TeXbook [1, p.·123·and·130] is good.
>
> The TeXbook [1, p. 123 and 130] is good.
>
> ### References
> [1] Donald·Ervin Knuth. _The TeXbook, volume A of Computers and typesetting._
> Addison-Wesley, 1984.
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.citationNbsps = true
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `citations`
`citations` (default value: `false`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[false]{citations}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Enable the pandoc citation syntax extension:
``` md
Here is a simple parenthetical citation [@doe99] and here
is a string of several [see @doe99, pp. 33-35; also
@smith04, chap. 1].
A parenthetical citation can have a [prenote @doe99] and
a [@smith04 postnote]. The name of the author can be
suppressed by inserting a dash before the name of an
author as follows [-@smith04].
Here is a simple text citation @doe99 and here is
a string of several @doe99 [pp. 33-35; also @smith04,
chap. 1]. Here is one with the name of the author
suppressed -@doe99.
``````
: false
: Disable the pandoc citation syntax extension.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.bib` with the
following content:
``` bib
@book{knuth:tex,
author = "Knuth, Donald Ervin",
title = "The \TeX book, volume A of Computers and typesetting",
publisher = "Addison-Wesley",
year = "1984"
}
```````
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[backend=biber]{biblatex}
\addbibresource{document.bib}
\usepackage[citations]{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
The TeXbook [@knuth:tex, p. 123 and 130] was written by @knuth:tex.
\end{markdown}
\printbibliography
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX and Biber from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
biber document.bcf
lualatex document.tex
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> The TeXbook [1, p.·123 and 130] was written by Knuth [1].
>
> ### References
> [1] Donald Ervin Knuth. _The \TeX{}book, volume A of Computers and typesetting._
> Addison-Wesley, 1984.
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.citations = false
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `codeSpans`
`codeSpans` (default value: `true`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[true]{codeSpans}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Enable the code span syntax:
~~~ md
Use the `printf()` function.
``There is a literal backtick (`) here.``
~~~
: false
: Disable the code span syntax. This allows you to easily
use the quotation mark ligatures in texts that do not contain code
spans:
~~~
``This is a quote.''
~~~~~~
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### Lua Module Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\directlua{
local markdown = require("markdown")
local convert = markdown.new()
local input =
"``This is a code span.'' " ..
"``This is no longer a code span.''"
tex.sprint(convert(input)) }
\par
\directlua{
local markdown = require("markdown")
local convert = markdown.new({codeSpans = false})
local input =
"``This is a quote.'' " ..
"``This is another quote.''"
tex.sprint(convert(input)) }
\bye
```````
Then, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
```````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> ``This is a code span.'' ``This is no longer a code span.''
>
> “This is a quote.” “This is another quote.”
##### Lua CLI Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\input optionfalse
\par
\input optiontrue
\bye
```````
Using a text editor, create a text document named `content.md` with the
following content:
``` md
``Is this a code span?'' ``Or a quote?''
``````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ codeSpans=false -- content.md optionfalse.tex
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ -- content.md optiontrue.tex
luatex document.tex
```````
where \meta{CLI pathname} corresponds to the location of the Lua CLI script file,
such as `~/texmf/scripts/markdown/markdown-cli.lua` on UN\*X systems or
`C:\Users\`\meta{Your username}`\texmf\scripts\markdown\markdown-cli.lua` on Windows
systems. Use the command `kpsewhich markdown-cli.lua` to locate the Lua CLI
script file using [Kpathsea][].
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> “Is this a code span?” “Or a quote?”
>
> ``Is this a code span?'' ``Or a quote?''
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\markdownBegin
``This is a code span.''
``This is no longer a code span.''
\markdownEnd
\def\markdownOptionCodeSpans{false}
\markdownBegin
``This is a quote.''
``This is another quote.''
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> ``This is a code span.'' ``This is no longer a code span.''
>
> “This is a quote.” “This is another quote.”
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
``This is a code span.''
``This is no longer a code span.''
\end{markdown}
\begin{markdown*}{codeSpans=false}
``This is a quote.''
``This is another quote.''
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> ``This is a code span.'' ``This is no longer a code span.''
>
> “This is a quote.” “This is another quote.”
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\starttext
\startmarkdown
``This is a code span.''
``This is no longer a code span.''
\stopmarkdown
\def\markdownOptionCodeSpans{false}
\startmarkdown
``This is a quote.''
``This is another quote.''
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
`````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> ``This is a code span.'' ``This is no longer a code span.''
>
> “This is a quote.” “This is another quote.”
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.codeSpans = true
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `contentBlocks`
`contentBlocks` (default value: `false`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[false]{contentBlocks}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Enable the
% iA\,Writer content blocks syntax extension~[@sotkov17]:
% \iffalse
iA\,Writer content blocks syntax extension:
% \fi
``` md
http://example.com/minard.jpg (Napoleon's
disastrous Russian campaign of 1812)
/Flowchart.png "Engineering Flowchart"
/Savings Account.csv 'Recent Transactions'
/Example.swift
/Lorem Ipsum.txt
``````
: false
: Disable the
iA\,Writer content blocks syntax extension.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `table.csv` with the
following content:
``` csv
Name,Surname,Born
Albert,Einstein,1879
Marie,Curie,1867
Thomas,Edison,1847
```````
Create also a text document named `markdown-languages.json` with the following
content:
``` js
{
"tex": "LaTeX"
}
``````
Create also a text document named `code.tex` with the following content:
``` tex
This is an example code listing in \LaTeX.
```````
Create also a text document named `part.md` with the following content:
``` md
This is a *transcluded markdown document*.
``````
Create also a text document named `document.tex` with the following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{minted}
\usepackage[contentBlocks]{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
/table.csv (An example table)
/code.tex (An example code listing)
/part.md (A file transclusion example)
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex --shell-escape document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> | Name | Surname | Born |
> | ------ | ---------| ---- |
> | Albert | Einstein | 1879 |
> | Marie | Curie | 1867 |
> | Thomas | Edison | 1847 |
>
> Table 1: An example table
>
> ``` tex
> This is an example code listing in \LaTeX.
> ```````
>
> This is a *transcluded markdown document*.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `table.csv` with the
following content:
``` csv
Name,Surname,Born
Albert,Einstein,1879
Marie,Curie,1867
Thomas,Edison,1847
```````
Create also a text document named `markdown-languages.json` with the following
content:
``` js
{
"tex": "ConTeXt"
}
``````
Create also a text document named `code.tex` with the following content:
``` tex
This is an example code listing in \ConTeXt.
```````
Create also a text document named `part.md` with the following content:
``` md
This is a *transcluded markdown document*.
``````
Create also a text document named `document.tex` with the following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownOptionContentBlocks{true}
\definetyping [ConTeXt]
\setuptyping [ConTeXt] [option=TEX]
\starttext
\startmarkdown
/table.csv (An example table)
/code.tex (An example code listing)
/part.md (A file transclusion example)
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
`````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> | Name | Surname | Born |
> | ------ | ---------| ---- |
> | Albert | Einstein | 1879 |
> | Marie | Curie | 1867 |
> | Thomas | Edison | 1847 |
>
> Table 1: An example table
>
> ``` tex
> This is an example code listing in \ConTeXt.
> ```````
>
> This is a *transcluded markdown document*.
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.contentBlocks = false
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `contentBlocksLanguageMap`
`contentBlocksLanguageMap` (default value: `"markdown-languages.json"`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Valitem[markdown-languages.json]{contentBlocksLanguageMap}{filename}
%
: The filename of the JSON file that maps filename extensions to
programming language names in the iA\,Writer content blocks.
% See Section~\ref{sec:texcontentblockrenderers} for more information.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `table.csv` with the
following content:
``` csv
Name,Surname,Born
Albert,Einstein,1879
Marie,Curie,1867
Thomas,Edison,1847
```````
Create also a text document named `language-map.json` with the following
content:
``` js
{
"tex": "LaTeX"
}
``````
Create also a text document named `code.tex` with the following content:
``` tex
This is an example code listing in \LaTeX.
```````
Create also a text document named `part.md` with the following content:
``` md
This is a *transcluded markdown document*.
``````
Create also a text document named `document.tex` with the following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{minted}
\usepackage[contentBlocks]{markdown}
\markdownSetup{
contentBlocksLanguageMap = {language-map.json},
}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
/table.csv (An example table)
/code.tex (An example code listing)
/part.md (A file transclusion example)
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex --shell-escape document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> | Name | Surname | Born |
> | ------ | ---------| ---- |
> | Albert | Einstein | 1879 |
> | Marie | Curie | 1867 |
> | Thomas | Edison | 1847 |
>
> Table 1: An example table
>
> ``` tex
> This is an example code listing in \LaTeX.
> ```````
>
> This is a *transcluded markdown document*.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `table.csv` with the
following content:
``` csv
Name,Surname,Born
Albert,Einstein,1879
Marie,Curie,1867
Thomas,Edison,1847
```````
Create also a text document named `language-map.json` with the following
content:
``` js
{
"tex": "ConTeXt"
}
``````
Create also a text document named `code.tex` with the following content:
``` tex
This is an example code listing in \ConTeXt.
```````
Create also a text document named `part.md` with the following content:
``` md
This is a *transcluded markdown document*.
``````
Create also a text document named `document.tex` with the following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownOptionContentBlocks{true}
\def\markdownOptionContentBlocksLanguageMap{language-map.json}
\definetyping [ConTeXt]
\setuptyping [ConTeXt] [option=TEX]
\starttext
\startmarkdown
/table.csv (An example table)
/code.tex (An example code listing)
/part.md (A file transclusion example)
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
`````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> | Name | Surname | Born |
> | ------ | ---------| ---- |
> | Albert | Einstein | 1879 |
> | Marie | Curie | 1867 |
> | Thomas | Edison | 1847 |
>
> Table 1: An example table
>
> ``` tex
> This is an example code listing in \ConTeXt.
> ```````
>
> This is a *transcluded markdown document*.
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.contentBlocksLanguageMap = "markdown-languages.json"
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `definitionLists`
`definitionLists` (default value: `false`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[false]{definitionLists}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Enable the pandoc definition list syntax extension:
``` md
Term 1
: Definition 1
Term 2 with *inline markup*
: Definition 2
{ some code, part of Definition 2 }
Third paragraph of definition 2.
`````
: false
: Disable the pandoc definition list syntax extension.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[definitionLists]{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
Term 1
: Definition 1
Term 2 with *inline markup*
: Definition 2
{ some code, part of Definition 2 }
Third paragraph of definition 2.
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Term 1
>
> : Definition 1
>
> Term 2 with *inline markup*
>
> : Definition 2
>
> { some code, part of Definition 2 }
>
> Third paragraph of definition 2.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownOptionDefinitionLists{true}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
Term 1
: Definition 1
Term 2 with *inline markup*
: Definition 2
{ some code, part of Definition 2 }
Third paragraph of definition 2.
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
`````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Term 1
>
> : Definition 1
>
> Term 2 with *inline markup*
>
> : Definition 2
>
> { some code, part of Definition 2 }
>
> Third paragraph of definition 2.
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.definitionLists = false
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `fencedCode`
`fencedCode` (default value: `false`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[false]{fencedCode}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Enable the commonmark fenced code block extension:
~~~~~~~~ md
~~~ js
if (a > 3) {
moveShip(5 * gravity, DOWN);
}
~~~~~~
``` html
// Some comments
line 1 of code
line 2 of code
line 3 of code
```
~~~~~~~~~~~
: false
: Disable the commonmark fenced code block extension.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
```` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{minted}
\usepackage[fencedCode]{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
~~~ js
if (a > 3) {
moveShip(5 * gravity, DOWN);
}
~~~~~~
``` html
// Some comments
line 1 of code
line 2 of code
line 3 of code
```
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex --shell-escape document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> ~~~ js
> if (a > 3) {
> moveShip(5 * gravity, DOWN);
> }
> ~~~~~~
>
> ``` html
>
>
> // Some comments
> line 1 of code
> line 2 of code
> line 3 of code
>
>
> ```
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
```` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownOptionFencedCode{true}
\definetyping [js]
\definetyping [html]
\setuptyping [html] [option=XML]
\starttext
\startmarkdown
~~~ js
if (a > 3) {
moveShip(5 * gravity, DOWN);
}
~~~~~~
``` html
// Some comments
line 1 of code
line 2 of code
line 3 of code
```
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
`````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> ~~~ js
> if (a > 3) {
> moveShip(5 * gravity, DOWN);
> }
> ~~~~~~
>
> ``` html
>
>
> // Some comments
> line 1 of code
> line 2 of code
> line 3 of code
>
>
> ```
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.fencedCode = false
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `footnotes`
`footnotes` (default value: `false`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[false]{footnotes}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Enable the pandoc footnote syntax extension:
``` md
Here is a footnote reference,[^1] and another.[^longnote]
[^1]: Here is the footnote.
[^longnote]: Here's one with multiple blocks.
Subsequent paragraphs are indented to show that they
belong to the previous footnote.
{ some.code }
The whole paragraph can be indented, or just the
first line. In this way, multi-paragraph footnotes
work like multi-paragraph list items.
This paragraph won't be part of the note, because it
isn't indented.
``````
: false
: Disable the pandoc footnote syntax extension.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[footnotes]{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
Here is a footnote reference,[^1] and another.[^longnote]
[^1]: Here is the footnote.
[^longnote]: Here's one with multiple blocks.
Subsequent paragraphs are indented to show that they
belong to the previous footnote.
{ some.code }
The whole paragraph can be indented, or just the
first line. In this way, multi-paragraph footnotes
work like multi-paragraph list items.
This paragraph won't be part of the note, because it
isn't indented.
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Here is a footnote reference,[^1] and another.[^longnote]
>
> [^1]: Here is the footnote.
>
> [^longnote]: Here's one with multiple blocks.
>
> Subsequent paragraphs are indented to show that they
> belong to the previous footnote.
>
> { some.code }
>
> The whole paragraph can be indented, or just the
> first line. In this way, multi-paragraph footnotes
> work like multi-paragraph list items.
>
> This paragraph won't be part of the note, because it
> isn't indented.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownOptionFootnotes{true}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
Here is a footnote reference,[^1] and another.[^longnote]
[^1]: Here is the footnote.
[^longnote]: Here's one with multiple blocks.
Subsequent paragraphs are indented to show that they
belong to the previous footnote.
{ some.code }
The whole paragraph can be indented, or just the
first line. In this way, multi-paragraph footnotes
work like multi-paragraph list items.
This paragraph won't be part of the note, because it
isn't indented.
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
`````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Here is a footnote reference,[^1] and another.[^longnote]
>
> [^1]: Here is the footnote.
>
> [^longnote]: Here's one with multiple blocks.
>
> Subsequent paragraphs are indented to show that they
> belong to the previous footnote.
>
> { some.code }
>
> The whole paragraph can be indented, or just the
> first line. In this way, multi-paragraph footnotes
> work like multi-paragraph list items.
>
> This paragraph won't be part of the note, because it
> isn't indented.
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.footnotes = false
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `hashEnumerators`
`hashEnumerators` (default value: `false`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[false]{hashEnumerators}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Enable the use of hash symbols (`#`) as ordered item list
markers:
``` md
#. Bird
#. McHale
#. Parish
``````
: false
: Disable the use of hash symbols (`#`) as ordered item list
markers.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
. Bird
. McHale
. Parish
\end{markdown}
\begin{markdown*}{hashEnumerators}
. Bird
. McHale
. Parish
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> . Bird
> ========
> . McHale
> ========
> . Parish
> ========
>
> #. Bird
> #. McHale
> #. Parish
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\starttext
\startmarkdown
. Bird
. McHale
. Parish
\stopmarkdown
\def\markdownOptionHashEnumerators{true}
\startmarkdown
. Bird
. McHale
. Parish
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
`````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> . Bird
> ========
> . McHale
> ========
> . Parish
> ========
>
> #. Bird
> #. McHale
> #. Parish
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.hashEnumerators = false
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `headerAttributes` {#header-attributes}
`headerAttributes` (default value: `false`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[false]{headerAttributes}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Enable the assignment of HTML attributes to headings:
``` md
# My first heading {#foo}
## My second heading ## {#bar .baz}
Yet another heading {key=value}
===================
``````
These HTML attributes have currently no effect other than enabling
% content slicing, see the \Opt{slice} option.
% \iffalse
[content slicing](#slice).
% \fi
: false
: Disable the assignment of HTML attributes to headings.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.headerAttributes = false
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `html`
`html` (default value: `false`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[false]{html}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Enable the recognition of HTML tags, block elements, comments, HTML
instructions, and entities in the input. Tags, block elements (along
with contents), HTML instructions, and comments will be ignored and
HTML entities will be replaced with the corresponding Unicode
codepoints.
: false
: Disable the recognition of HTML markup. Any HTML markup in the input
will be rendered as plain text.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
When the option is enabled, HTML entities are currently incorrectly parsed.
See [the corresponding issue][issue-38] in the package repository.
[issue-36]: https://github.com/Witiko/markdown/issues/36
(HTML entities with the `html` Lua option enabled produce a Lua
parser error)
##### Lua Module Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\directlua{
local markdown = require("markdown")
local convert = markdown.new()
local newline = [[^^J^^J]]
local input =
"*There is no block tag support.*
" .. newline ..
"*There is no support.*" .. newline ..
"_There is no support._" .. newline ..
"_There is no support._"
tex.sprint(convert(input)) }
\par
\directlua{
local markdown = require("markdown")
local convert = markdown.new({html = true})
local input =
"*There is block tag support.*
" .. newline ..
"*There is support.*" .. newline ..
"_There is support._" .. newline ..
"_There is support._"
tex.sprint(convert(input)) }
\bye
```````
Then, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
```````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \There is no block tag support.\
> There is no \\ support.
> There is no \ support.
> There is no support.
>
> There is support. There is support. There is support.
##### Lua CLI Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\input optionfalse
\par
\input optiontrue
\bye
```````
Using a text editor, create a text document named `content.md` with the
following content:
``` html
*Is there block tag support?*
*Is there support?*
_Is there support?_
_Is there support?_
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ -- content.md optionfalse.tex
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ html=true -- content.md optiontrue.tex
luatex document.tex
```````
where \meta{CLI pathname} corresponds to the location of the Lua CLI script file,
such as `~/texmf/scripts/markdown/markdown-cli.lua` on UN\*X systems or
`C:\Users\`\meta{Your username}`\texmf\scripts\markdown\markdown-cli.lua` on Windows
systems. Use the command `kpsewhich markdown-cli.lua` to locate the Lua CLI
script file using [Kpathsea][].
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \Is there block tag support?\
> Is there \\ support?
> Is there \ support?
> Is there support?
>
> Is there support? Is there support? Is there support?
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\markdownBegin
*There is no block tag support.*
*There is no support.*
_There is no support._
_There is no support._
\markdownEnd
\def\markdownOptionHtml{true}
\markdownBegin
*There is block tag support.*
*There is support.*
_There is support._
_There is support._
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \There is no block tag support.\
> There is no \\ support.
> There is no \ support.
> There is no support.
>
> There is support. There is support. There is support.
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
*There is no block tag support.*
*There is no support.*
_There is no support._
_There is no support._
\end{markdown}
\begin{markdown*}{html}
*There is block tag support.*
*There is support.*
_There is support._
_There is support._
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \There is no block tag support.\
> There is no \\ support.
> There is no \ support.
> There is no support.
>
> There is support. There is support. There is support.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\starttext
\startmarkdown
*There is no block tag support.*
*There is no support.*
_There is no support._
_There is no support._
\stopmarkdown
\def\markdownOptionHtml{true}
\startmarkdown
*There is block tag support.*
*There is support.*
_There is support._
_There is support._
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
`````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \There is no block tag support.\
> There is no \\ support.
> There is no \ support.
> There is no support.
>
> There is support. There is support. There is support.
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.html = false
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `hybrid`
`hybrid` (default value: `true`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[false]{hybrid}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Disable the escaping of special plain \TeX{} characters, which makes it
possible to intersperse your markdown markup with \TeX{} code. The
intended usage is in documents prepared manually by a human author.
In such documents, it can often be desirable to mix \TeX{} and markdown
markup freely.
: false
: Enable the escaping of special plain \TeX{} characters outside verbatim
environments, so that they are not interpretted by \TeX{}. This is
encouraged when typesetting automatically generated content or
markdown documents that were not prepared with this package in mind.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### Lua Module Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\directlua{
local markdown = require("markdown")
local input, convert_safe, convert_unsafe, paragraph
input = [[$\string\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$.]]
convert_safe = markdown.new()
convert_unsafe = markdown.new({hybrid = true})
paragraph = [[\par]]
tex.sprint(
convert_safe(input) .. paragraph ..
convert_unsafe(input)
)
}
\bye
```````
Then, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
```````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \$\\sqrt {-1}\$ *equals* \$i\$.
>
> √-̅1̅ *equals* $i$.
##### Lua CLI Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\input optionfalse
\input optiontrue
\bye
```````
Using a text editor, create a text document named `content.md` with the
following content:
``` md
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$.
``````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ -- content.md optionfalse.tex
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ hybrid=true -- content.md optiontrue.tex
luatex document.tex
```````
where \meta{CLI pathname} corresponds to the location of the Lua CLI script file,
such as `~/texmf/scripts/markdown/markdown-cli.lua` on UN\*X systems or
`C:\Users\`\meta{Your username}`\texmf\scripts\markdown\markdown-cli.lua` on Windows
systems. Use the command `kpsewhich markdown-cli.lua` to locate the Lua CLI
script file using [Kpathsea][].
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \$\\sqrt {-1}\$ *equals* \$i\$.
>
> √-̅1̅ *equals* $i$.
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\markdownBegin
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$.
\markdownEnd
\def\markdownOptionHybrid{true}
\markdownBegin
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$.
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \$\\sqrt {-1}\$ *equals* \$i\$.
>
> √-̅1̅ *equals* $i$.
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$.
\end{markdown}
\begin{markdown*}{hybrid}
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$.
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \$\\sqrt {-1}\$ *equals* \$i\$.
>
> √-̅1̅ *equals* $i$.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\starttext
\startmarkdown
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$.
\stopmarkdown
\def\markdownOptionHybrid{true}
\startmarkdown
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$.
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
`````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \$\\sqrt {-1}\$ *equals* \$i\$.
>
> √-̅1̅ *equals* $i$.
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.hybrid = false
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `inlineFootnotes`
`inlineFootnotes` (default value: `false`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[false]{inlineFootnotes}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Enable the pandoc inline footnote syntax extension:
``` md
Here is an inline note.^[Inlines notes are easier to
write, since you don't have to pick an identifier and
move down to type the note.]
``````
: false
: Disable the pandoc inline footnote syntax extension.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[footnotes, inlineFootnotes]{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
Here is an inline note.^[Inlines notes are easier to
write, since you don't have to pick an identifier and
move down to type the note.]
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Here is an inline note.^[Inlines notes are easier to
> write, since you don't have to pick an identifier and
> move down to type the note.]
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownOptionFootnotes{true}
\def\markdownOptionInlineFootnotes{true}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
Here is an inline note.^[Inlines notes are easier to
write, since you don't have to pick an identifier and
move down to type the note.]
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
`````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Here is an inline note.^[Inlines notes are easier to
> write, since you don't have to pick an identifier and
> move down to type the note.]
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.inlineFootnotes = false
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `preserveTabs`
`preserveTabs` (default value: `false`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[false]{preserveTabs}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Preserve all tabs in the input.
: false
: Convert any tabs in the input to spaces.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
This option is currently non-functional. See [the corresponding
issue][issue-38] in the package repository.
[issue-38]: https://github.com/Witiko/markdown/issues/38
(Tabs are stripped even with the `preserveTabs=true`
Lua option enabled)
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.preserveTabs = false
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `slice` {#slice}
`slice` (default value: `^ $`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Valitem[\textasciicircum{} \$]{slice}{the beginning and the end of a slice}
%
: Two space-separated selectors that specify the slice of a document that
will be processed, whereas the remainder of the document will be ignored.
The following selectors are recognized:
- The circumflex (`^`) selects the beginning of a document.
- The dollar sign (`$`) selects the end of a document.
- `^`\meta{identifier} selects the beginning of a section with the
% HTML attribute `#`\meta{identifier} (see the
% \Opt{headerAttributes} option).
\iffalse
[HTML attribute](#header-attributes) `#`\meta{identifier}.
% \fi
- `$`\meta{identifier} selects the end of a section with the HTML
attribute `#`\meta{identifier}.
- \meta{identifier} corresponds to `^`\meta{identifier} for the first
selector and to `$`\meta{identifier} for the second selector.
Specifying only a single selector, \meta{identifier}, is equivalent
to specifying the two selectors \meta{identifier} \meta{identifier},
which is equivalent to `^`\meta{identifier} `$`\meta{identifier}.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `hamlet.md` with the
following content:
``` md
# The Tragedy of Hamlet
Shakespeare's longest play.
## Act III {#act-3}
Hamlet kills Polonius.
## Act V {#act-5}
Hamlet dies.
## Act I {#act-1}
Hamlet talks to ghost.
```
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownOptionHeaderAttributes{true}
\font\normal=cmr10\normal
\font\big=cmr10 at 12pt
\def\markdownRendererHeadingTwo#1{{\big #1\par}}
\font\bigger=cmr10 scaled 1440
\def\markdownRendererHeadingOne#1{{\bigger #1\par}}
\def\markdownOptionSlice{^ ^act-3}
\markdownInput{hamlet.md}
\def\markdownOptionSlice{act-1}
\markdownInput{hamlet.md}
\def\markdownOptionSlice{act-3 act-5}
\markdownInput{hamlet.md}
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> # The Tragedy of Hamlet
> Shakespeare's longest play.
>
> ## Act I
> Hamlet talks to ghost.
>
> ## Act III
> Hamlet kills Polonius.
>
> ## Act V
> Hamlet dies.
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[headerAttributes]{markdown}
\usepackage{filecontents}
\begin{filecontents*}{hamlet.md}
# The Tragedy of Hamlet
Shakespeare's longest play.
## Act III {#act-3}
Hamlet kills Polonius.
## Act V {#act-5}
Hamlet dies.
## Act I {#act-1}
Hamlet talks to ghost.
\end{filecontents*}
\begin{document}
\markdownInput[slice=^ ^act-3]{hamlet.md}
\markdownInput[slice=act-1]{hamlet.md}
\markdownInput[slice=act-3 act-5]{hamlet.md}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> # The Tragedy of Hamlet
> Shakespeare's longest play.
>
> ## Act I
> Hamlet talks to ghost.
>
> ## Act III
> Hamlet kills Polonius.
>
> ## Act V
> Hamlet dies.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `hamlet.md` with the
following content:
``` md
# The Tragedy of Hamlet
Shakespeare's longest play.
## Act III {#act-3}
Hamlet kills Polonius.
## Act V {#act-5}
Hamlet dies.
## Act I {#act-1}
Hamlet talks to ghost.
```
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownOptionHeaderAttributes{true}
\starttext
\def\markdownOptionSlice{^ ^act-3}
\markdownInput{hamlet.md}
\def\markdownOptionSlice{act-1}
\markdownInput{hamlet.md}
\def\markdownOptionSlice{act-3 act-5}
\markdownInput{hamlet.md}
\stoptext
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
`````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> # The Tragedy of Hamlet
> Shakespeare's longest play.
>
> ## Act I
> Hamlet talks to ghost.
>
> ## Act III
> Hamlet kills Polonius.
>
> ## Act V
> Hamlet dies.
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.slice = "^ $"
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `smartEllipses`
`smartEllipses` (default value: `false`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[false]{smartEllipses}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Convert any ellipses in the input to the
\m{markdownRendererEllipsis} \TeX{} macro.
: false
: Preserve all ellipses in the input.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### Lua Module Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownRendererEllipsis{. . .}
\input lmfonts
\directlua{
local markdown = require("markdown")
local convert = markdown.new()
local input = "These are just three regular dots ..."
tex.sprint(convert(input)) }
\par
\directlua{
local markdown = require("markdown")
local convert = markdown.new({smartEllipses = true})
local input = "... and this is a victorian ellipsis."
tex.sprint(convert(input)) }
\bye
```````
Then, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
```````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> These are just three regular dots ...
>
> . . . and this is a victorian ellipsis.
##### Lua CLI Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownRendererEllipsis{. . .}
\input lmfonts
\input optionfalse
\par
\input optiontrue
\bye
```````
Using a text editor, create a text document named `content.md` with the
following content:
``` md
Are these just three regular dots, a victorian ellipsis, or ... ?
``````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ -- content.md optionfalse.tex
texlua ⟨CLI pathname⟩ smartEllipses=true -- content.md optiontrue.tex
luatex document.tex
```````
where \meta{CLI pathname} corresponds to the location of the Lua CLI script file,
such as `~/texmf/scripts/markdown/markdown-cli.lua` on UN\*X systems or
`C:\Users\`\meta{Your username}`\texmf\scripts\markdown\markdown-cli.lua` on Windows
systems. Use the command `kpsewhich markdown-cli.lua` to locate the Lua CLI
script file using [Kpathsea][].
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Are these just three regular dots, a victorian ellipsis, or ... ?
>
> Are these just three regular dots, a victorian ellipsis, or . . . ?
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownRendererEllipsis{. . .}
\markdownBegin
These are just three regular dots ...
\markdownEnd
\def\markdownOptionSmartEllipses{true}
\markdownBegin
... and this is a victorian ellipsis.
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> These are just three regular dots ...
>
> . . . and this is a victorian ellipsis.
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\markdownSetup{
renderers = {
ellipsis = {. . .} }}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
These are just three regular dots ...
\end{markdown}
\begin{markdown*}{smartEllipses}
... and this is a victorian ellipsis.
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> These are just three regular dots ...
>
> . . . and this is a victorian ellipsis.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownRendererEllipsis{. . .}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
These are just three regular dots ...
\stopmarkdown
\def\markdownOptionSmartEllipses{true}
\startmarkdown
... and this is a victorian ellipsis.
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
`````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> These are just three regular dots ...
>
> . . . and this is a victorian ellipsis.
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.smartEllipses = false
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `startNumber`
`startNumber` (default value: `true`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[true]{startNumber}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Make the number in the first item of an ordered lists significant. The
item numbers will be passed to the
\m{markdownRendererOlItemWithNumber} \TeX{} macro.
: false
: Ignore the numbers in the ordered list items. Each item will only
produce a \m{markdownRendererOlItem} \TeX{} macro.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
The following list respects the numbers specified in the markup:
3. third item
4. fourth item
5. fifth item
\end{markdown}
\begin{markdown*}{startNumber=false}
The following list does not respect the numbers specified in the
markup:
3. third item
4. fourth item
5. fifth item
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> The following list respects the numbers specified in the markup:
>
> 3. third item
> 4. fourth item
> 5. fifth item
>
> The following list does not respect the numbers specified in the markup:
>
> 1. third item
> 2. fourth item
> 3. fifth item
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\starttext
\startmarkdown
The following list respects the numbers specified in the markup:
3. third item
4. fourth item
5. fifth item
\stopmarkdown
\def\markdownOptionStartNumber{false}
\startmarkdown
The following list respects the numbers specified in the markup:
3. third item
4. fourth item
5. fifth item
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
`````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> The following list respects the numbers specified in the markup:
>
> 3. third item
> 4. fourth item
> 5. fifth item
>
> The following list does not respect the numbers specified in the markup:
>
> 1. third item
> 2. fourth item
> 3. fifth item
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.startNumber = true
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `tightLists`
`tightLists` (default value: `true`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[true]{tightLists}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Lists whose bullets do not consist of multiple paragraphs will be
passed to the
\m{markdownRendererOlBeginTight}, \m{markdownRendererOlEndTight},
\m{markdownRendererUlBeginTight}, \m{markdownRendererUlEndTight},
\m{markdownRendererDlBeginTight}, and
\m{markdownRendererDlEndTight} \TeX{} macros.
: false
: Lists whose bullets do not consist of multiple paragraphs will be
treated the same way as lists that do consist of multiple paragraphs.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
The following list is tight:
- first item
- second item
- third item
The following list is loose:
- first item
- second item that spans
multiple paragraphs
- third item
\end{markdown}
\begin{markdown*}{tightLists=false}
The following list is now also loose:
- first item
- second item
- third item
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> The following list is tight:
>
> - first item
> - second item
> - third item
>
> The following list is loose:
>
> - first item
> - second item that spans
>
> multiple paragraphs
> - third item
>
> The following list is now also loose:
>
> - first item
>
> - second item
>
> - third item
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.tightLists = true
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Option `underscores`
`underscores` (default value: `true`)
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Optitem[true]{underscores}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}}
%
: true
: Both underscores and asterisks can be used to denote emphasis and
strong emphasis:
``` md
*single asterisks*
_single underscores_
**double asterisks**
__double underscores__
``````
: false
: Only asterisks can be used to denote emphasis and strong emphasis.
This makes it easy to write math with the \Opt{hybrid} option
without the need to constantly escape subscripts.
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownOptionHybrid{true}
\markdownBegin
This is _emphasized text_ and this is a math subscript: $m\_n$.
\markdownEnd
\def\markdownOptionUnderscores{false}
\markdownBegin
This is *emphasized text* and this is a math subscript: $m_n$.
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is _emphasized text_ and this is a math subscript: *mₙ*.
>
> This is _emphasized text_ and this is a math subscript: *mₙ*.
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[hybrid]{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
This is _emphasized text_ and this is a math subscript: $m\_n$.
\end{markdown}
\begin{markdown*}{underscores=false}
This is *emphasized text* and this is a math subscript: $m_n$.
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is _emphasized text_ and this is a math subscript: *mₙ*.
>
> This is _emphasized text_ and this is a math subscript: *mₙ*.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownOptionHybrid{true}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
This is _emphasized text_ and this is a math subscript: $m\_n$.
\stopmarkdown
\def\markdownOptionUnderscores{false}
\startmarkdown
This is *emphasized text* and this is a math subscript: $m_n$.
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
````````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
`````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is _emphasized text_ and this is a math subscript: *mₙ*.
>
> This is _emphasized text_ and this is a math subscript: *mₙ*.
%
%<*lua,lua-cli>
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
defaultOptions.underscores = true
% \end{macrocode}
% \endgroup
% \iffalse
%
%<*lua-cli>
% \fi
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Command-Line Interface
% \label{sec:lua-cli-interface}
% To provide finer control over the conversion and to simplify debugging, a
% command-line Lua interface for converting a Markdown document to \TeX{} is
% also provided.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
HELP_STRING = [[
Usage: texlua ]] .. arg[0] .. [[ [OPTIONS] -- [INPUT_FILE] [OUTPUT_FILE]
where OPTIONS are documented in the Lua interface section of the
technical Markdown package documentation.
When OUTPUT_FILE is unspecified, the result of the conversion will be
written to the standard output. When INPUT_FILE is also unspecified, the
result of the conversion will be read from the standard input.
Report bugs to: witiko@mail.muni.cz
Markdown package home page: ]]
VERSION_STRING = [[
markdown-cli.lua (Markdown) ]] .. metadata.version .. [[
Copyright (C) ]] .. table.concat(metadata.copyright,
"\nCopyright (C) ") .. [[
License: ]] .. metadata.license
local function warn(s)
io.stderr:write("Warning: " .. s .. "\n") end
local function error(s)
io.stderr:write("Error: " .. s .. "\n")
os.exit(1) end
local process_options = true
local options = {}
local input_filename
local output_filename
for i = 1, #arg do
if process_options then
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% After the optional `-`{}`-` argument has been specified, the remaining
% arguments are assumed to be input and output filenames. This argument is
% optional, but encouraged, because it helps resolve ambiguities when
% deciding whether an option or a filename has been specified.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
if arg[i] == "--" then
process_options = false
goto continue
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Unless the `-`{}`-` argument has been specified before, an argument
% containing the equals sign (`=`) is assumed to be an option specification in
% a \meta{key}`=`\meta{value} format. The available options are listed in
% Section~\ref{sec:luaoptions}.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
elseif arg[i]:match("=") then
key, value = arg[i]:match("(.-)=(.*)")
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% The \luam{defaultOptions} table is consulted to identify whether \meta{value}
% should be parsed as a string or as a boolean.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
default_type = type(defaultOptions[key])
if default_type == "boolean" then
options[key] = (value == "true")
else
if default_type ~= "string" then
if default_type == "nil" then
warn('Option "' .. key .. '" not recognized.')
else
warn('Option "' .. key .. '" type not recognized, please file ' ..
'a report to the package maintainer.')
end
warn('Parsing the ' .. 'value "' .. value ..'" of option "' ..
key .. '" as a string.')
end
options[key] = value
end
goto continue
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Unless the `-`{}`-` argument has been specified before, an argument
% `-`{}`-help`, or `-h` causes a brief documentation for how to invoke the
% program to be printed to the standard output.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
elseif arg[i] == "--help" or arg[i] == "-h" then
print(HELP_STRING)
os.exit()
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Unless the `-`{}`-` argument has been specified before, an argument
% `-`{}`-version`, or `-v` causes the program to print information about its
% name, version, origin and legal status, all on standard output.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
elseif arg[i] == "--version" or arg[i] == "-v" then
print(VERSION_STRING)
os.exit()
end
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% The first argument that matches none of the above patters is assumed to be
% the input filename. The input filename should correspond to the Markdown
% document that is going to be converted to a \TeX{} document.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
if input_filename == nil then
input_filename = arg[i]
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% The first argument that matches none of the above patters is assumed to be
% the output filename. The output filename should correspond to the \TeX{}
% document that will result from the conversion.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
elseif output_filename == nil then
output_filename = arg[i]
else
error('Unexpected argument: "' .. arg[i] .. '".')
end
::continue::
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The command-line Lua interface is implemented by the `markdown-cli.lua`
% file that can be invoked from the command line as follows:
% ``` sh
% texlua /path/to/markdown-cli.lua cacheDir=. -- hello.md hello.tex
% ``````
% \noindent to convert the Markdown document `hello.md` to a \TeX{} document
% `hello.tex`. After the Markdown package for our \TeX{} format has been
% loaded, the converted document can be typeset as follows:
% ``` tex
% \input hello
% ```````
%
% This shows another advantage of using the command-line interface compared to
% using a higher-level \TeX{} interface: it is unnecessary to provide shell
% access for the \TeX{} engine.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Plain \TeX{} Interface
%-----------------------
% \label{sec:texinterface}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-interfaces>
### Plain \TeX{}
The plain \TeX{} interface provides \TeX{} commands that typeset markdown
documents by using the Lua interface behind the scenes. Unlike the Lua
interface, the plain TeX interface does not provide low-level tools for
converting markdown to \TeX{}. Instead, its goal is to provide high-level
typesetting capabilities.
The plain \TeX{} interface accepts the same options as the `markdown` Lua
module, in addition to its own options, but now the options are specified as
\TeX{} commands.
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\markdownBegin
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$.
\markdownEnd
\def\markdownOptionHybrid{true}
\markdownBegin
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$.
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \$\\sqrt{-1}\$ *equals* \$i\$.
>
> √-̅1̅ *equals* $i$.
Invoking pdfTeX should have the same effect:
``` sh
pdftex --shell-escape document.tex
``````
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% The plain \TeX{} interface provides macros for the typesetting of markdown
% input from within plain \TeX{}, for setting the Lua interface options (see
% Section \ref{sec:luaoptions}) used during the conversion from markdown to
% plain \TeX{} and for changing the way markdown the tokens are rendered.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownLastModified{2019/04/04}%
\def\markdownVersion{2.7.0}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The plain \TeX{} interface is implemented by the `markdown.tex` file that can
% be loaded as follows:
% ``` tex
% \input markdown
% ```````
% \noindent It is expected that the special plain \TeX{} characters have the
% expected category codes, when \m{input}ting the file.
%
%### Typesetting Markdown
% \label{sec:textypesetting}
% The interface exposes the \mdef{markdownBegin}, \mdef{markdownEnd}, and
% \mdef{markdownInput} macros.
%
% The \m{markdownBegin} macro marks the beginning of a markdown document
% fragment and the \m{markdownEnd} macro marks its end.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\markdownBegin\relax
\let\markdownEnd\relax
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% You may prepend your own code to the \m{markdownBegin} macro and redefine the
% \m{markdownEnd} macro to produce special effects before and after the
% markdown block.
%
% There are several limitations to the macros you need to be aware of.
% The first limitation concerns the \m{markdownEnd} macro, which must be
% visible directly from the input line buffer (it may not be produced as a
% result of input expansion). Otherwise, it will not be recognized as the end
% of the markdown string. As a corrolary, the \m{markdownEnd} string
% may not appear anywhere inside the markdown input.
%
% Another limitation concerns spaces at the right end of an input line. In
% markdown, these are used to produce a forced line break. However, any such
% spaces are removed before the lines enter the input buffer of
% \TeX{}~[@knuth86, p. 46]. As a corrolary, the \m{markdownBegin} macro also
% ignores them.
%
% The \m{markdownBegin} and \m{markdownEnd} macros will also consume the rest
% of the lines at which they appear. In the following example plain \TeX{}
% code, the characters `c`, `e`, and `f` will not appear in the output.
%
% ``` tex
% \input markdown
% a
% b \markdownBegin c
% d
% e \markdownEnd f
% g
% \bye
% ```````
%
% Note that you may also not nest the \m{markdownBegin} and \m{markdownEnd}
% macros.
%
% The following example plain \TeX{} code showcases the usage of the
% \m{markdownBegin} and \m{markdownEnd} macros:
%
% ``` tex
% \input markdown
% \markdownBegin
% _Hello_ **world** ...
% \markdownEnd
% \bye
% ```````
%
% The \m{markdownInput} macro accepts a single parameter containing the
% filename of a markdown document and expands to the result of the conversion
% of the input markdown document to plain \TeX{}.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\markdownInput\relax
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% This macro is not subject to the abovelisted limitations of the
% \m{markdownBegin} and \m{markdownEnd} macros.
%
% The following example plain \TeX{} code showcases the usage of the
% \m{markdownInput} macro:
%
% ``` tex
% \input markdown
% \markdownInput{hello.md}
% \bye
% ```````
%
%### Options
% \label{sec:texoptions}
%
% The plain \TeX{} options are represented by \TeX{} commands. Some of them map
% directly to the options recognized by the Lua interface (see
% Section~\ref{sec:luaoptions}), while some of them are specific to the plain
% \TeX{} interface.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
### Plain \TeX{}
Plain \TeX{} options control the communication between the \TeX{} interface and
the `markdown` Lua module. They are supported by all higher-level interfaces of
the Markdown package, i.e. the plain \TeX{}, \LaTeX{} and \Hologo{ConTeXt}
interfaces.
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
#### File and Directory Names
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \mdef{markdownOptionHelperScriptFileName} macro sets the filename of the
% helper Lua script file that is created during the conversion from markdown to
% plain \TeX{} in \TeX{} engines without the \m{directlua} primitive. It
% defaults to \m{jobname}`.markdown.lua`, where \m{jobname} is the base name
% of the document being typeset.
%
% The expansion of this macro must not contain quotation marks (`"`) or
% backslash symbols (`extbackslash`). Mind that \TeX{} engines tend to
% put quotation marks around \m{jobname}, when it contains spaces.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownOptionHelperScriptFileName{\jobname.markdown.lua}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \mdef{markdownOptionInputTempFileName} macro sets the filename of the
% temporary input file that is created during the conversion from markdown to
% plain \TeX{} in \m{markdownMode} other than `2`. It defaults to
% \m{jobname}`.markdown.out`. The same limitations as in the case of the
% \m{markdownOptionHelperScriptFileName} macro apply here.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownOptionInputTempFileName{\jobname.markdown.in}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \mdef{markdownOptionOutputTempFileName} macro sets the filename of the
% temporary output file that is created during the conversion from markdown to
% plain \TeX{} in \m{markdownMode} other than `2`. It defaults to
% \m{jobname}`.markdown.out`. The same limitations apply here as in the case
% of the \m{markdownOptionHelperScriptFileName} macro.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownOptionOutputTempFileName{\jobname.markdown.out}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \mdef{markdownOptionErrorTempFileName} macro sets the filename of the
% temporary output file that is created when a Lua error is encountered during
% the conversion from markdown to plain \TeX{} in \m{markdownMode} other than
% `2`. It defaults to \m{jobname}`.markdown.err`. The same limitations
% apply here as in the case of the \m{markdownOptionHelperScriptFileName}
% macro.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownOptionErrorTempFileName{\jobname.markdown.err}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \mdef{markdownOptionOutputDir} macro sets the path to the directory that
% will contain the cache files produced by the Lua implementation and also the
% auxiliary files produced by the plain \TeX{} implementation. The option
% defaults to `.`.
%
% The path must be set to the same value as the `-output-directory` option of
% your \TeX{} engine for the package to function correctly. We need this macro
% to make the Lua implementation aware where it should store the helper files.
% The same limitations apply here as in the case of the
% \m{markdownOptionHelperScriptFileName} macro.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownOptionOutputDir{.}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \mdef{markdownOptionCacheDir} macro corresponds to the Lua interface
% \Opt{cacheDir} option that sets the path to the directory that will contain
% the produced cache files. The option defaults to `_markdown_`\m{jobname},
% which is a similar naming scheme to the one used by the \pkg{minted} \LaTeX{}
% package. The same limitations apply here as in the case of the
% \m{markdownOptionHelperScriptFileName} macro.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownOptionCacheDir{\markdownOptionOutputDir/_markdown_\jobname}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
The plain \TeX{} interface provides the following commands that you can use to
specify the location of temporary files produced during the conversion from
Markdown to \TeX{}:
- `\markdownOptionHelperScriptFileName`,
- `\markdownOptionInputTempFileName`,
- `\markdownOptionOutputTempFileName`,
- `\markdownOptionErrorTempFileName`,
- `\markdownOptionOutputDir`, and
- `\markdownOptionCacheDir`.
Using a text editor, create a folder named `output-directory` and a text
document named `document.tex` with the following content:
``` tex
\input lmfonts
\input markdown
\def\markdownOptionHelperScriptFileName{helper-script.lua}
\def\markdownOptionInputTempFileName{temporary-input.md}
\def\markdownOptionOutputTempFileName{temporary-output.tex}
\def\markdownOptionErrorTempFileName{error-output.txt}
\def\markdownOptionOutputDir{output-directory}
\def\markdownOptionCacheDir{output-directory/cache-directory}
\markdownBegin
Hello *world*!
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex --output-directory output-directory document.tex
``````
A text document named `temporary-input.md` should be produced in the folder
named `output-directory` and contain the following text:
> Hello \*world\*!
A folder named `output-directory/cache-directory` should also be produced and
contain fragments of the converted markdown document. LuaTeX does not need
other temporary files to perform the conversion from markdown to \TeX{}. To
produce the remaining temporary files, invoke pdfTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
pdftex --output-directory output-directory --shell-escape document.tex
``````
Text documents named `helper-script.lua`, and `temporary-output.md` should be
produced in the folder named `output-directory`. The document named
`helper-script.lua` will contain Lua code that was executed to convert markdown
to plain \TeX{}. The document named `temporary-output.tex` will contain the
input markdown document converted to \TeX{}.
No document named `error-output.txt` should be produced in the folder named
`output-directory`. This document would only be produced if an error had occured
while executing the Lua code. If this happens, please [file a
bug](https://github.com/witiko/markdown/issues).
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Lua Interface Options
% The following macros map directly to the options recognized by the Lua
% interface (see Section \ref{sec:luaoptions}) and are not processed by the
% plain \TeX{} implementation, only passed along to Lua. They are undefined, which
% makes them fall back to the default values provided by the Lua interface.
%
% For the macros that correspond to the non-boolean options recognized by the
% Lua interface, the same limitations apply here in the case of the
% \m{markdownOptionHelperScriptFileName} macro.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\markdownOptionBlankBeforeBlockquote\undefined
\let\markdownOptionBlankBeforeCodeFence\undefined
\let\markdownOptionBlankBeforeHeading\undefined
\let\markdownOptionBreakableBlockquotes\undefined
\let\markdownOptionCitations\undefined
\let\markdownOptionCitationNbsps\undefined
\let\markdownOptionContentBlocks\undefined
\let\markdownOptionContentBlocksLanguageMap\undefined
\let\markdownOptionDefinitionLists\undefined
\let\markdownOptionFootnotes\undefined
\let\markdownOptionFencedCode\undefined
\let\markdownOptionHashEnumerators\undefined
\let\markdownOptionHeaderAttributes\undefined
\let\markdownOptionHtml\undefined
\let\markdownOptionHybrid\undefined
\let\markdownOptionInlineFootnotes\undefined
\let\markdownOptionPreserveTabs\undefined
\let\markdownOptionSlice\undefined
\let\markdownOptionSmartEllipses\undefined
\let\markdownOptionStartNumber\undefined
\let\markdownOptionTightLists\undefined
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-options>
#### Package Documentation
The \mdef{markdownOptionStripPercentSigns} macro controls whether a percent
sign (`%`) at the beginning of a line will be discarded when reading Markdown
input from a \TeX{} document. This enables the use of markdown when writing
\TeX{} package documentation using the [Doc \LaTeX{} package][doc] by Frank
Mittelbach.
[doc]: https://ctan.org/pkg/doc (doc – Format LaTeX documentation)
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.dtx` with the
following content:
``` tex
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\usepackage[stripPercentSigns]{markdown}
\begin{document}
\DocInput{document.dtx}
\end{document}
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
% Hello *world*!
% \end{markdown}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.dtx
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the text
“Hello *world*!”
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Miscellaneous Options
%
% The \mdef{markdownOptionStripPercentSigns} macro controls whether a percent
% sign (`%`) at the beginning of a line will be discarded when buffering
% Markdown input (see Section~\ref{sec:buffering}) or not. Notably, this
% enables the use of markdown when writing \TeX{} package documentation using
% the \pkg{Doc} \LaTeX{}~package~[@mittelbach17] or similar. The recognized
% values of the macro are `true` (discard) and `false` (retain).
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownOptionStripPercentSigns{false}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \mdef{markdownIfOption}`{`\meta{name}`}` macro is provided for testing,
% whether the value of `\markdownOption`\meta{name} is `true` or `false`.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownIfOption#1{%
\def\next##1##2##3##4##5{%
\expandafter\def\expandafter\next\expandafter{%
\csname iffalse\endcsname}%
\if##1t\if##2r\if##3u\if##4e
\expandafter\def\expandafter\next\expandafter{%
\csname iftrue\endcsname}%
\fi\fi\fi\fi
\next}%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\next
\csname markdownOption#1\endcsname\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
## Markdown Tokens
A key feature of the Markdown package is the support for manipulating markdown
tokens, such as headings, emphasized text, links, and lists, in \TeX{}. Instead
of reducing \TeX{} to a PDF document producer, the Markdown package allows the
user to specify how every markdown token should be processed and rendered.
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
### Token Renderers
% \label{sec:texrenderersuser}
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
Token renderers are user-defined \TeX{} macros, which render markdown tokens.
In this section, I will describe the individual token renderers.
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The following \TeX{} macros may occur inside the output of the
% converter functions exposed by the Lua interface (see Section
% \ref{sec:luaconversion}) and represent the parsed markdown tokens. These
% macros are intended to be redefined by the user who is typesetting a
% document. By default, they point to the corresponding prototypes (see Section
% \ref{sec:texrendererprototypes}).
#### Interblock Separator Renderer
The \mdef{markdownRendererInterblockSeparator} macro represents a separator
between two markdown block elements. The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{%
\par
{\it(The end of a block)}%
\par
}
\markdownBegin
Hello *world*!
_Foo_ bar!
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Hello *world*!
>
> *(The end of a block)*
>
> _Foo_ bar!
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\markdownSetup{
renderers = {
interblockSeparator = {%
\par
\emph{(The end of a block)}%
\par
},
},
}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
Hello *world*!
_Foo_ bar!
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Hello *world*!
>
> *(The end of a block)*
>
> _Foo_ bar!
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{%
\par
\emph{(The end of a block)}%
\par
}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
Hello *world*!
_Foo_ bar!
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Hello *world*!
>
> *(The end of a block)*
>
> _Foo_ bar!
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{%
\markdownRendererInterblockSeparatorPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Line Break Renderer
The \mdef{markdownRendererLineBreak} macro represents a forced line break.
The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownRendererLineBreak{%
\par
{\it(A forced linebreak)}%
\par
}
\markdownInput{example.md}
\bye
```````
Using a text editor, create a text document named `example.md` with the
following content. Note the two spaces at the end of the first line, which
specify a hard linebreak. Due to the limitations of the \TeX{} input
processor, hard linebreaks would be ignored if we typed them directly into the
`document.tex` document.
Hello world!
_Foo_ bar!
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Hello *world*!
>
> *(A forced linebreak)*
>
> _Foo_ bar!
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\markdownSetup{
renderers = {
lineBreak = {%
\par
\emph{(A forced linebreak)}%
\par
},
},
}
\begin{document}
\markdownInput{example.md}
\end{document}
```````
Using a text editor, create a text document named `example.md` with the
following content. Note the two spaces at the end of the first line, which
specify a hard linebreak. Due to the limitations of the \TeX{} input
processor, hard linebreaks would be ignored if we typed them directly into the
`document.tex` document.
Hello world!
_Foo_ bar!
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Hello *world*!
>
> *(A forced linebreak)*
>
> _Foo_ bar!
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownRendererLineBreak{%
\par
\emph{(A forced linebreak)}%
\par
}
\starttext
\markdownInput{example.md}
\stoptext
```````
Using a text editor, create a text document named `example.md` with the
following content. Note the two spaces at the end of the first line, which
specify a hard linebreak. Due to the limitations of the \TeX{} input
processor, hard linebreaks would be ignored if we typed them directly into the
`document.tex` document.
Hello world!
_Foo_ bar!
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Hello *world*!
>
> *(A forced linebreak)*
>
> _Foo_ bar!
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererLineBreak{%
\markdownRendererLineBreakPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Ellipsis Renderer
The \mdef{markdownRendererEllipsis} macro replaces any occurance of ASCII
ellipses in the input text. This macro will only be produced, when the
\Opt{smartEllipses} option is `true`. The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownOptionSmartEllipses{true}
\def\markdownRendererEllipsis{{\it SHAZAM}!}
\markdownBegin
The secret word is ...
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> The secret word is *SHAZAM*!
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[smartEllipses]{markdown}
\markdownSetup{
renderers = {
ellipsis = \emph{SHAZAM}!,
},
}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
The secret word is ...
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> The secret word is *SHAZAM*!
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownOptionSmartEllipses{true}
\def\markdownRendererEllipsis{\emph{SHAZAM}!}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
The secret word is ...
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Hello *world*!
>
> *(The end of a block)*
>
> _Foo_ bar!
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererEllipsis{%
\markdownRendererEllipsisPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Non-Breaking Space Renderer
The \mdef{markdownRendererNbsp} macro represents a non-breaking space.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.bib` with the
following content:
``` bib
@book{knuth:tex,
author = "Knuth, Donald Ervin",
title = "The \TeX book, volume A of Computers and typesetting",
publisher = "Addison-Wesley",
year = "1984"
}
```````
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[
citations,
citationNbsps,
]{markdown}
\markdownSetup{
renderers = {
nbsp = {$\cdot$},
},
}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
The TeXbook [@knuth:tex, p. 123 and 130] is good.
\end{markdown}
\bibliographystyle{plain}
\bibliography{document.bib}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX and BibTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
bibtex document.aux
lualatex document.tex
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> The TeXbook [1, p.·123·and·130] is good.
>
> ### References
> [1] Donald Ervin Knuth. _The TeXbook, volume A of Computers and typesetting._
> Addison-Wesley, 1984.
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererNbsp{%
\markdownRendererNbspPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Special Character Renderers
The following macros replace any special plain \TeX{} characters, including
% \iffalse
the active pipe character (`|`) of \Hologo{ConTeXt}, in the input text:
- \mdef{markdownRendererAmpersand} replaces the ampersand (`&`).
- \mdef{markdownRendererBackslash} replaces the backslash (`\`).
- \mdef{markdownRendererCircumflex} replaces the circumflex (`^`).
- \mdef{markdownRendererDollarSign} replaces the dollar sign (`$`).
- \mdef{markdownRendererHash} replaces the hash sign (`#`).
- \mdef{markdownRendererLeftBrace} replaces the left brace (`{`).
- \mdef{markdownRendererPercentSign} replaces the percent sign (`%`).
- \mdef{markdownRendererPipe} replaces the pipe character (`|`).
- \mdef{markdownRendererRightBrace} replaces the right brace (`}`).
- \mdef{markdownRendererTilde} replaces the tilde (`~`).
- \mdef{markdownRendererUnderscore} replaces the underscore (`_`).
% \fi
% the active pipe character (`|`) of \Hologo{ConTeXt}, in the input text.
% These macros will only be produced, when the \Opt{hybrid} option is
% `false`.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content. We will make the tilde behave as if it were written in
\TeX{}, where it represents a non-breaking space.
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownRendererTilde{~}
\markdownBegin
Bartel~Leendert van~der~Waerden
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text, where the middot (`·`) denotes a non-breakable space:
> Bartel·Leendert van·der·Waerden
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content. We will make the tilde behave as if it were written in
\TeX{}, where it represents a non-breaking space.
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\markdownSetup{
renderers = {
tilde = ~,
},
}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
Bartel~Leendert van~der~Waerden
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text, where the middot (`·`) denotes a non-breakable space:
> Bartel·Leendert van·der·Waerden
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content. We will make the tilde behave as if it were written in
\TeX{}, where it represents a non-breaking space.
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownRendererTilde{~}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
Bartel~Leendert van~der~Waerden
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text, where the middot (`·`) denotes a non-breakable space:
> Bartel·Leendert van·der·Waerden
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererLeftBrace{%
\markdownRendererLeftBracePrototype}%
\def\markdownRendererRightBrace{%
\markdownRendererRightBracePrototype}%
\def\markdownRendererDollarSign{%
\markdownRendererDollarSignPrototype}%
\def\markdownRendererPercentSign{%
\markdownRendererPercentSignPrototype}%
\def\markdownRendererAmpersand{%
\markdownRendererAmpersandPrototype}%
\def\markdownRendererUnderscore{%
\markdownRendererUnderscorePrototype}%
\def\markdownRendererHash{%
\markdownRendererHashPrototype}%
\def\markdownRendererCircumflex{%
\markdownRendererCircumflexPrototype}%
\def\markdownRendererBackslash{%
\markdownRendererBackslashPrototype}%
\def\markdownRendererTilde{%
\markdownRendererTildePrototype}%
\def\markdownRendererPipe{%
\markdownRendererPipePrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Code Span Renderer
The \mdef{markdownRendererCodeSpan} macro represents inlined code span in the
input text. It receives a single argument that corresponds to the inlined
code span.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\input lmfonts
\def\markdownRendererCodeSpan#1{#1}
\markdownBegin
`$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$`
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$
\markdownEnd
\def\markdownOptionHybrid{true}
\markdownBegin
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \$\\sqrt{-1}\$ \*equals\* \$i\$.
>
> \$\\sqrt{-1}\$ *equals* \$i\$.
>
> √-̅1̅ *equals* $i$.
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[smartEllipses]{markdown}
\markdownSetup{
renderers = {
codeSpan = {#1},
},
}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
`$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$`
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$
\end{markdown}
\begin{markdown*}{hybrid}
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \$\\sqrt{-1}\$ \*equals\* \$i\$.
>
> \$\\sqrt{-1}\$ *equals* \$i\$.
>
> √-̅1̅ *equals* $i$.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownRendererCodeSpan#1{#1}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
`$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$`
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$
\stopmarkdown
\def\markdownOptionHybrid{true}
\startmarkdown
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$
\stopmarkdown
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \$\\sqrt{-1}\$ \*equals\* \$i\$.
>
> \$\\sqrt{-1}\$ *equals* \$i\$.
>
> √-̅1̅ *equals* $i$.
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererCodeSpan{%
\markdownRendererCodeSpanPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Link Renderer
The \mdef{markdownRendererLink} macro represents a hyperlink. It receives
four arguments: the label, the fully escaped \acro{uri} that can be directly
typeset, the raw \acro{uri} that can be used outside typesetting, and the
title of the link.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownRendererLink#1#2#3#4{%
#1 {\tt#2} titled {\it#4}%
}
\markdownBegin
Please visit [the link][ctan].
[ctan]: https://ctan.org/
(the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network)
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Please visit the link titled *the Comprehensive TeX
> Archive Network*.
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\markdownSetup{
renderers = {
link = {%
#1 \texttt{#2} titled \emph{#4}%
},
},
}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
Please visit [the link][ctan].
[ctan]: https://ctan.org/
(the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network)
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Please visit the link titled *the Comprehensive TeX
> Archive Network*.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownRendererLink#1#2#3#4{%
#1 {\tt#2} titled \emph{#4}%
}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
Please visit [the link][ctan].
[ctan]: https://ctan.org/
(the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network)
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Please visit the link titled *the Comprehensive TeX
> Archive Network*.
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererLink{%
\markdownRendererLinkPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Image Renderer
The \mdef{markdownRendererImage} macro represents an image. It receives
four arguments: the label, the fully escaped \acro{uri} that can be directly
typeset, the raw \acro{uri} that can be used outside typesetting, and the
title of the link.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\begingroup
\catcode`\@=11
\catcode`\%=12
\catcode`\^^A=14
\global\def\markdownRendererImage#1#2#3#4{^^A
\immediate\write18{^^A
if printf '%s' "#3" | grep -q ^http; then
OUTPUT="$(printf '%s' "#3" | md5sum | cut -d' ' -f1).^^A
$(printf '%s' "#3" | sed 's/.*[.]//')";
if ! [ -e "$OUTPUT" ]; then
wget -O "$OUTPUT" '#3' || rm "$OUTPUT";
convert "$OUTPUT" png:"$OUTPUT";
fi;
printf '%s%%' "$OUTPUT" > \jobname.fetched;
else
printf '%s%%' "#3" > \jobname.fetched;
fi^^A
}^^A
{^^A
\everyeof={\noexpand}^^A
\edef\filename{\@@input"\jobname.fetched" }^^A
\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{\filename}^^A
}^^A
}
\endgroup
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
``````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex --shell-escape document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following content. This assumes that you use a Unix-like operating system with
Bourne or Bourne again shell as the default shell of the current user. It also
assumes that the `md5sum`, `wget`, and `convert` binaries are installed and
that the \TeX{} engine has shell access.
> 
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererImage{%
\markdownRendererImagePrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Content Block Renderers
\label{sec:texcontentblockrenderers}
The \mdef{markdownRendererContentBlock} macro represents an iA\,Writer content
block. It receives four arguments: the local file or online image filename
extension cast to the lower case, the fully escaped \acro{uri} that can be
directly typeset, the raw \acro{uri} that can be used outside typesetting,
and the title of the content block.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererContentBlock{%
\markdownRendererContentBlockPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererContentBlockOnlineImage} macro represents an
iA\,Writer online image content block. The macro receives the same arguments
as \m{markdownRendererContentBlock}.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererContentBlockOnlineImage{%
\markdownRendererContentBlockOnlineImagePrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererContentBlockCode} macro represents an iA\,Writer
content block that was recognized as a file in a known programming language
by its filename extension $s$. If any `markdown-languages.json` file found
by \pkg{kpathsea}\footnote{Local files take precedence. Filenames other
than `markdown-languages.json` may be specified using the
`contentBlocksLanguageMap` Lua option.} contains a record $(k, v)$, then a
non-online-image content block with the filename extension $s,
s$`:lower()`${}=k$ is considered to be in a known programming language $v$.
The macro receives five arguments: the local file name extension $s$ cast to
the lower case, the language $v$, the fully escaped \acro{uri} that can be
directly typeset, the raw \acro{uri} that can be used outside typesetting,
and the title of the content block.
Note that you will need to place place a `markdown-languages.json` file
inside your working directory or inside your local \TeX{} directory
structure. In this file, you will define a mapping between filename
extensions and the language names recognized by your favorite syntax
highlighter; there may exist other creative uses beside syntax highlighting.
% The `Languages.json` file provided by @sotkov17 is a good starting point.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
[The `Languages.json` file provided by Anton Sotkov][sotkov17] is a good
starting point.
[sotkov17]: https://github.com/iainc/Markdown-Content-Blocks
(File transclusion syntax for Markdown)
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownOptionContentBlocks{true}
\def\markdownRendererContentBlock#1#2#3#4{%
This is {\tt #2}, #4.
}
\def\markdownRendererContentBlockOnlineImage#1#2#3#4{%
This is the image {\tt #2}, #4.
}
\def\markdownRendererContentBlockCode#1#2#3#4#5{%
This is the #2 (\uppercase{#1}) document {\tt #3}, #5.
}
\markdownBegin
/document.tex (the document that we are currently typesetting)
/markdown-languages.json (the mapping between filename extensions
and programming language names)
https://tug.org/tugboat/noword.jpg (the logotype of TUGboat)
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Create also a text document named `markdown-languages.json` with the following
content:
``` js
{
"json": "JavaScript Object Notation",
}
``````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is `document.tex`, the document that we are currently typesetting.
>
> This is the JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) document
> `markdown-languages.json`, the mapping between filename extensions and
> programming language names.
>
> This is the image `https://tug.org/tugboat/noword.jpg`, the logotype of
> TUGboat.
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{filecontents}
\begin{filecontents*}{markdown-languages.json}
{
"json": "JavaScript Object Notation",
}
\end{filecontents*}
\usepackage[contentBlocks]{markdown}
\markdownSetup{
renderers = {
contentBlock = {This is \texttt{#2}, #4.},
contentBlockOnlineImage = {This is the image \texttt{#2}, #4.},
contentBlockCode = {%
This is the #2 (\MakeUppercase{#1}) document \texttt{#3}, #5.
},
},
}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
/document.tex (the document that we are currently typesetting)
/markdown-languages.json (the mapping between filename extensions
and programming language names)
https://tug.org/tugboat/noword.jpg (the logotype of TUGboat)
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is `document.tex`, the document that we are currently typesetting.
>
> This is the JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) document
> `markdown-languages.json`, the mapping between filename extensions and
> programming language names.
>
> This is the image `https://tug.org/tugboat/noword.jpg`, the logotype of
> TUGboat.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownOptionContentBlocks{true}
\def\markdownRendererContentBlock#1#2#3#4{%
This is {\tt #2}, #4.
}
\def\markdownRendererContentBlockOnlineImage#1#2#3#4{%
This is the image {\tt #2}, #4.
}
\def\markdownRendererContentBlockCode#1#2#3#4#5{%
This is the #2 (\uppercase{#1}) document {\tt #3}, #5.
}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
/document.tex (the document that we are currently typesetting)
/markdown-languages.json (the mapping between filename extensions
and programming language names)
https://tug.org/tugboat/noword.jpg (the logotype of TUGboat)
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Create also a text document named `markdown-languages.json` with the following
content:
``` js
{
"json": "JavaScript Object Notation",
}
``````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is `document.tex`, the document that we are currently typesetting.
>
> This is the JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) document
> `markdown-languages.json`, the mapping between filename extensions and
> programming language names.
>
> This is the image `https://tug.org/tugboat/noword.jpg`, the logotype of
> TUGboat.
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererContentBlockCode{%
\markdownRendererContentBlockCodePrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Bullet List Renderers
The \mdef{markdownRendererUlBegin} macro represents the beginning of a
bulleted list that contains an item with several paragraphs of text (the
list is not tight). The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererUlBegin{%
\markdownRendererUlBeginPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererUlBeginTight} macro represents the beginning of a
bulleted list that contains no item with several paragraphs of text (the list
is tight). This macro will only be produced, when the \Opt{tightLists} option
is `false`. The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererUlBeginTight{%
\markdownRendererUlBeginTightPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererUlItem} macro represents an item in a bulleted
list. The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererUlItem{%
\markdownRendererUlItemPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererUlItemEnd} macro represents the end of an item in a
bulleted list. The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererUlItemEnd{%
\markdownRendererUlItemEndPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererUlEnd} macro represents the end of a bulleted list
that contains an item with several paragraphs of text (the list is not
tight). The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererUlEnd{%
\markdownRendererUlEndPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererUlEndTight} macro represents the end of a bulleted
list that contains no item with several paragraphs of text (the list is
tight). This macro will only be produced, when the \Opt{tightLists} option is
`false`. The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownOptionTightLists{true}
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{}
\def\markdownRendererUlBeginTight{ (}
\def\markdownRendererUlItem{%
\def\markdownRendererUlItem{%
,
\def\markdownRendererUlItem{, and }%
}%
}
\def\markdownRendererUlItemEnd{}
\def\markdownRendererUlEndTight{).}
\markdownBegin
This is a tight list
- the first item
- the second item
- the third item
\markdownEnd
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{%
:\par
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{\par}%
}
\def\markdownRendererUlBegin{}
\def\markdownRendererUlItem{--\kern 0.5em}
\def\markdownRendererUlItemEnd{.\par}
\def\markdownRendererUlEnd{}
\markdownBegin
This is a loose list
- This is the first item
- This is the second item
- This is the third item
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is a tight list (the first item, the second item, and the third item).
>
> This is a loose list:
>
> - This is the first item.
>
> - This is the second item.
>
> - This is the third item.
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[tightLists]{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown*}{
renderers = {
interblockSeparator = {},
ulBeginTight = { (},
ulItem = {%
\def\markdownRendererUlItem{%
,
\def\markdownRendererUlItem{, and }%
}%
},
ulItemEnd = {},
ulEndTight = {).},
},
}
This is a tight list
- the first item
- the second item
- the third item
\end{markdown*}
\begin{markdown*}{
renderers = {
interblockSeparator = {%
:\par
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{\par}%
},
ulBeginTight = {\begin{itemize}},
ulItem = {\item},
ulItemEnd = {.},
ulEnd = {\end{itemize}},
},
}
This is a loose list
- This is the first item
- This is the second item
- This is the third item
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is a tight list (the first item, the second item, and the third item).
>
> This is a loose list:
>
> - This is the first item.
>
> - This is the second item.
>
> - This is the third item.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownOptionTightLists{true}
\starttext
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{}
\def\markdownRendererUlBeginTight{ (}
\def\markdownRendererUlItem{%
\def\markdownRendererUlItem{%
,
\def\markdownRendererUlItem{, and }%
}%
}
\def\markdownRendererUlItemEnd{}
\def\markdownRendererUlEndTight{).}
\startmarkdown
This is a tight list
- the first item
- the second item
- the third item
\stopmarkdown
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{%
:\par
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{\par}%
}
\def\markdownRendererUlBegin{\startitemize}
\def\markdownRendererUlItem{\item}
\def\markdownRendererUlItemEnd{.}
\def\markdownRendererUlEnd{\stopitemize}
\startmarkdown
This is a loose list
- This is the first item
- This is the second item
- This is the third item
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is a tight list (the first item, the second item, and the third item).
>
> This is a loose list:
>
> - This is the first item.
>
> - This is the second item.
>
> - This is the third item.
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererUlEndTight{%
\markdownRendererUlEndTightPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Ordered List Renderers
The \mdef{markdownRendererOlBegin} macro represents the beginning of an
ordered list that contains an item with several paragraphs of text (the
list is not tight). The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererOlBegin{%
\markdownRendererOlBeginPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererOlBeginTight} macro represents the beginning of an
ordered list that contains no item with several paragraphs of text (the
list is tight). This macro will only be produced, when the \Opt{tightLists}
option is `false`. The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererOlBeginTight{%
\markdownRendererOlBeginTightPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererOlItem} macro represents an item in an ordered list.
This macro will only be produced, when the \Opt{startNumber} option is
`false`. The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererOlItem{%
\markdownRendererOlItemPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererOlItemEnd} macro represents the end of an item in
an ordered list. The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererOlItemEnd{%
\markdownRendererOlItemEndPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererOlItemWithNumber} macro represents an item in an
ordered list. This macro will only be produced, when the \Opt{startNumber}
option is `true`. The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererOlItemWithNumber{%
\markdownRendererOlItemWithNumberPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererOlEnd} macro represents the end of an ordered list
that contains an item with several paragraphs of text (the list is not
tight). The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererOlEnd{%
\markdownRendererOlEndPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererOlEndTight} macro represents the end of an ordered
list that contains no item with several paragraphs of text (the list is
tight). This macro will only be produced, when the \Opt{tightLists} option is
`false`. The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownOptionTightLists{true}
\def\markdownOptionStartNumber{true}
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{}
\def\markdownRendererOlBeginTight{ (}
\def\markdownRendererOlItemWithNumber#1{%
\ifnum #1=1\relax
the first
\else
\ifnum #1=2\relax
, the second
\else
, and the third
\fi
\fi
}
\def\markdownRendererOlItemEnd{}
\def\markdownRendererOlEndTight{).}
\markdownBegin
This is a tight list
1. item
2. item
3. item
\markdownEnd
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{%
:\par
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{\par}%
}
\def\markdownRendererOlBegin{}
\def\markdownRendererOlItemWithNumber#1{%
#1.\kern 0.5em%
This is the
\ifnum #1=1\relax
first
\else
\ifnum #1=2\relax
second
\else
third
\fi
\fi
}
\def\markdownRendererOlItemEnd{.\par}
\def\markdownRendererOlEnd{}
\markdownBegin
This is a loose list
1. item
2. item
3. item
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is a tight list (the first item, the second item, and the third item).
>
> This is a loose list:
>
> 1. This is the first item.
>
> 2. This is the second item.
>
> 3. This is the third item.
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[tightLists, startNumber]{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown*}{
renderers = {
interblockSeparator = {},
olBeginTight = { (},
olItemWithNumber = {%
\ifnum #1=1\relax
the first
\else
\ifnum #1=2\relax
, the second
\else
, and the third
\fi
\fi
},
olItemEnd = {},
olEndTight = {).},
},
}
This is a tight list
1. item
2. item
3. item
\end{markdown*}
\begin{markdown*}{
renderers = {
interblockSeparator = {%
:\par
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{\par}%
},
olBeginTight = {\begin{enumerate}},
olItemWithNumber = {%
\item This is the
\ifnum #1=1\relax
first
\else
\ifnum #1=2\relax
second
\else
third
\fi
\fi
},
olItemEnd = {.},
olEnd = {\end{enumerate}},
},
}
This is a loose list
1. item
2. item
3. item
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is a tight list (the first item, the second item, and the third item).
>
> This is a loose list:
>
> 1. This is the first item.
>
> 2. This is the second item.
>
> 3. This is the third item.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownOptionTightLists{true}
\def\markdownOptionStartNumber{true}
\starttext
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{}
\def\markdownRendererOlBeginTight{ (}
\def\markdownRendererOlItemWithNumber#1{%
\ifnum #1=1\relax
the first
\else
\ifnum #1=2\relax
, the second
\else
, and the third
\fi
\fi
}
\def\markdownRendererOlItemEnd{}
\def\markdownRendererOlEndTight{).}
\startmarkdown
This is a tight list
1. item
2. item
3. item
\stopmarkdown
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{%
:\par
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{\par}%
}
\def\markdownRendererOlBegin{\startitemize}
\def\markdownRendererOlItemWithNumber#1{%
\sym{#1.}
This is the
\ifnum #1=1\relax
first
\else
\ifnum #1=2\relax
second
\else
third
\fi
\fi
}
\def\markdownRendererOlItemEnd{.\par}
\def\markdownRendererOlEnd{\stopitemize}
\startmarkdown
This is a loose list
1. item
2. item
3. item
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is a tight list (the first item, the second item, and the third item).
>
> This is a loose list:
>
> 1. This is the first item.
>
> 2. This is the second item.
>
> 3. This is the third item.
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererOlEndTight{%
\markdownRendererOlEndTightPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Definition List Renderers
The following macros are only produced, when the \Opt{definitionLists} option
is `true`.
The \mdef{markdownRendererDlBegin} macro represents the beginning of a
definition list that contains an item with several paragraphs of text (the
list is not tight). The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererDlBegin{%
\markdownRendererDlBeginPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererDlBeginTight} macro represents the beginning of a
definition list that contains an item with several paragraphs of text (the
list is not tight). This macro will only be produced, when the
\Opt{tightLists} option is `false`. The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererDlBeginTight{%
\markdownRendererDlBeginTightPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererDlItem} macro represents a term in a definition
list. The macro receives a single argument that corresponds to the term
being defined.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererDlItem{%
\markdownRendererDlItemPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererDlItemEnd} macro represents the end of a list of
definitions for a single term.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererDlItemEnd{%
\markdownRendererDlItemEndPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererDlDefinitionBegin} macro represents the beginning
of a definition in a definition list. There can be several definitions for
a single term.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBegin{%
\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBeginPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererDlDefinitionEnd} macro represents the end of a
definition in a definition list. There can be several definitions for a
single term.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEnd{%
\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEndPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererDlEnd} macro represents the end of a definition
list that contains an item with several paragraphs of text (the list is not
tight). The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererDlEnd{%
\markdownRendererDlEndPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererDlEndTight} macro represents the end of a
definition list that contains no item with several paragraphs of text (the
list is tight). This macro will only be produced, when the \Opt{tightLists}
option is `false`. The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownOptionDefinitionLists{true}
\def\markdownOptionTightLists{true}
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{%
:%
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{\par}%
}
\def\markdownRendererDlBeginTight{%
\begingroup
\parindent=0pt
}
\def\markdownRendererDlItem#1{%
\par{\bf#1}%
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEnd{%
,
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEnd{%
, and
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEnd{.}%
}%
}%
}
\def\markdownRendererDlItemEnd{}
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBegin{\par--\kern 0.5em}
\def\markdownRendererDlEndTight{\endgroup}
\markdownBegin
This is a tight definition list
Coffee
: black hot drink
: prepared from roasted coffee beans
: one of the most traded agricultural commodities in the world
Milk
: white cold drink
: nutrient-rich
: produced on an industrial scale
\markdownEnd
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{%
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{\par}%
}
\def\markdownRendererDlBegin{}
\def\markdownRendererDlItem#1{%
. #1 is a
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBegin{%
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBegin{%
,
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBegin{, and }%
}%
}%
}
\def\markdownRendererDlItemEnd{}
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEnd{}
\def\markdownRendererDlEnd{.}
\markdownBegin
This is a loose definition list
Coffee
: black hot drink
: prepared from roasted coffee beans
: one of the most traded agricultural commodities in the world
Milk
: white cold drink
: nutrient-rich
: produced on an industrial scale
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is a tight definition list:
>
> **Coffee**
>
> - black hot drink,
> - prepared from roasted coffee beans, and
> - one of the most traded agricultural commodities in the world.
>
> **Milk**
>
> - white cold drink,
> - nutrient-rich, and
> - produced on an industrial scale.
>
> This is a loose definition list. Coffee is a black hot drink, prepared from
> roasted coffee beans, and one of the most traded agricultural commodities in
> the world. Milk is a white cold drink, nutrient-rich, and produced on an
> industrial scale.
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[definitionLists, tightLists]{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown*}{
renderers = {
interblockSeparator = {%
:%
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{\par}%
},
dlBeginTight = {\begin{description}},
dlItem = {%
\item[#1]
\begin{itemize}
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEnd{%
,
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEnd{%
, and
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEnd{.}%
}%
}%
},
dlItemEnd = {\end{itemize}},
dlDefinitionBegin = \item,
dlEndTight = {\end{description}},
},
}
This is a tight definition list
Coffee
: black hot drink
: prepared from roasted coffee beans
: one of the most traded agricultural commodities in the world
Milk
: white cold drink
: nutrient-rich
: produced on an industrial scale
\end{markdown*}
\begin{markdown*}{
renderers = {
interblockSeparator = {%
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{\par}%
},
dlBegin = {},
dlItem = {%
. #1 is a
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBegin{%
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBegin{%
,
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBegin{, and }%
}%
}%
},
dlItemEnd = {},
dlDefinitionEnd = {},
dlEnd = {.},
},
}
This is a loose definition list
Coffee
: black hot drink
: prepared from roasted coffee beans
: one of the most traded agricultural commodities in the world
Milk
: white cold drink
: nutrient-rich
: produced on an industrial scale
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is a tight definition list:
>
> **Coffee**
>
> - black hot drink,
> - prepared from roasted coffee beans, and
> - one of the most traded agricultural commodities in the world.
>
> **Milk**
>
> - white cold drink,
> - nutrient-rich, and
> - produced on an industrial scale.
>
> This is a loose definition list. Coffee is a black hot drink, prepared from
> roasted coffee beans, and one of the most traded agricultural commodities in
> the world. Milk is a white cold drink, nutrient-rich, and produced on an
> industrial scale.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownOptionDefinitionLists{true}
\def\markdownOptionTightLists{true}
\starttext
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{%
:%
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{\par}%
}
\def\markdownRendererDlBeginTight{}
\def\markdownRendererDlItem#1{%
\par{\bf#1}%
\startitemize
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEnd{%
,
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEnd{%
, and
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEnd{.}%
}%
}%
}
\def\markdownRendererDlItemEnd{\stopitemize}
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBegin{\item}
\def\markdownRendererDlEndTight{}
\startmarkdown
This is a tight definition list
Coffee
: black hot drink
: prepared from roasted coffee beans
: one of the most traded agricultural commodities in the world
Milk
: white cold drink
: nutrient-rich
: produced on an industrial scale
\stopmarkdown
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{%
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{\par}%
}
\def\markdownRendererDlBegin{}
\def\markdownRendererDlItem#1{%
. #1 is a
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBegin{%
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBegin{%
,
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBegin{, and }%
}%
}%
}
\def\markdownRendererDlItemEnd{}
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEnd{}
\def\markdownRendererDlEnd{.}
\startmarkdown
This is a loose definition list
Coffee
: black hot drink
: prepared from roasted coffee beans
: one of the most traded agricultural commodities in the world
Milk
: white cold drink
: nutrient-rich
: produced on an industrial scale
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is a tight definition list:
>
> **Coffee**
>
> - black hot drink,
> - prepared from roasted coffee beans, and
> - one of the most traded agricultural commodities in the world.
>
> **Milk**
>
> - white cold drink,
> - nutrient-rich, and
> - produced on an industrial scale.
>
> This is a loose definition list. Coffee is a black hot drink, prepared from
> roasted coffee beans, and one of the most traded agricultural commodities in
> the world. Milk is a white cold drink, nutrient-rich, and produced on an
> industrial scale.
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererDlEndTight{%
\markdownRendererDlEndTightPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Emphasis Renderers
The \mdef{markdownRendererEmphasis} macro represents an emphasized span of
text. The macro receives a single argument that corresponds to the emphasized
span of text.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownRendererEmphasis#1{{\it#1}}
\def\markdownRendererStrongEmphasis#1{{\bf#1}}
\markdownBegin
This is *emphasis*.
This is **strong emphasis**.
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is *emphasis*.
>
> This is **strong emphasis**.
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\markdownSetup{
renderers = {
emphasis = {\emph{#1}},
strongEmphasis = {\textbf{#1}},
},
}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
This is *emphasis*.
This is **strong emphasis**.
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is *emphasis*.
>
> This is **strong emphasis**.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownRendererEmphasis#1{\emph{#1}}
\def\markdownRendererStrongEmphasis#1{\bold{#1}}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
This is *emphasis*.
This is **strong emphasis**.
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is *emphasis*.
>
> This is **strong emphasis**.
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererEmphasis{%
\markdownRendererEmphasisPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererStrongEmphasis} macro represents a strongly
emphasized span of text. The macro receives a single argument that
corresponds to the emphasized span of text.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererStrongEmphasis{%
\markdownRendererStrongEmphasisPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Block Quote Renderers
The \mdef{markdownRendererBlockQuoteBegin} macro represents the beginning of
a block quote. The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownRendererBlockQuoteBegin{%
\begingroup
\vskip\parindent
\leftskip=2\parindent
\parindent=0pt
}
\def\markdownRendererBlockQuoteEnd{%
\par
\vskip\parindent
\endgroup
}
\markdownBegin
A quote from William Shakespeare's King Lear:
> This is the excellent foppery of the world that when we are
> sick in fortune---often the surfeit of our own behavior---we
> make guilty of our disasters the sun, the moon, and the
> stars [...]
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A quote from William Shakespeare's King Lear:
>
> > This is the excellent foppery of the world that when we are
> > sick in fortune—often the surfeit of our own behavior—we
> > make guilty of our disasters the sun, the moon, and the
> > stars [...]
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\markdownSetup{
renderers = {
blockQuoteBegin = {\begin{quote}},
blockQuoteEnd = {\end{quote}},
},
}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
A quote from William Shakespeare's King Lear:
> This is the excellent foppery of the world that when we are
> sick in fortune---often the surfeit of our own behavior---we
> make guilty of our disasters the sun, the moon, and the
> stars [...]
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A quote from William Shakespeare's King Lear:
>
> > This is the excellent foppery of the world that when we are
> > sick in fortune—often the surfeit of our own behavior—we
> > make guilty of our disasters the sun, the moon, and the
> > stars [...]
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownRendererBlockQuoteBegin{\startquotation}
\def\markdownRendererBlockQuoteEnd{\stopquotation}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
A quote from William Shakespeare's King Lear:
> This is the excellent foppery of the world that when we are
> sick in fortune---often the surfeit of our own behavior---we
> make guilty of our disasters the sun, the moon, and the
> stars [...]
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> A quote from William Shakespeare's King Lear:
>
> > This is the excellent foppery of the world that when we are
> > sick in fortune—often the surfeit of our own behavior—we
> > make guilty of our disasters the sun, the moon, and the
> > stars [...]
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererBlockQuoteBegin{%
\markdownRendererBlockQuoteBeginPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererBlockQuoteEnd} macro represents the end of a block
quote. The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererBlockQuoteEnd{%
\markdownRendererBlockQuoteEndPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Code Block Renderers
The \mdef{markdownRendererInputVerbatim} macro represents a code
block. The macro receives a single argument that corresponds to the
filename of a file contaning the code block contents.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererInputVerbatim{%
\markdownRendererInputVerbatimPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererInputFencedCode} macro represents a fenced code
block. This macro will only be produced, when the \Opt{fencedCode} option is
`true`. The macro receives two arguments that correspond to the filename of
a file contaning the code block contents and to the code fence infostring.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{verbatim}
\usepackage[hyphens]{url}
\usepackage[fencedCode]{markdown}
\markdownSetup{
renderers = {
interblockSeparator = {
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{%
\par
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{%
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{%
\par
}%
}%
}%
},
inputVerbatim = {
is contained in file \url{#1}:%
\verbatiminput{#1}%
},
inputFencedCode = {
in #2 \markdownRendererInputVerbatim{#1}%
},
},
}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
The following code
def foo(bar):
if len(bar) <= 1:
return bar[0]
elif len(bar) == 2:
return sorted(bar)
else:
baz = len(bar) // 2
return foo(bar[baz:], bar[:baz])
The following code
~~~ Python
>>> foo([4, 2, 1, 3])
[1, 2, 3, 4]
~~~~~~~~~~
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text except for the filename, which may differ:
> The following code is contained in file
> `./_markdown_document/882453149edcf288976647f6fe147ada.verbatim`:
> ``` py
> def foo(bar):
> if len(bar) <= 1:
> return bar[:1]
> elif len(bar) == 2:
> return sorted(bar)
> else:
> baz = bar[len(bar) // 2]
> return (
> foo([qux for qux in bar if qux < baz]) + [baz] +
> foo([qux for qux in bar if qux > baz])
> )
> ``````
> The following code in Python contained in file
> `./_markdown_document/cf2a96e2120cef5b1fae5fea36fcc27b.verbatim`:
> ``` py
> >>> foo([4, 2, 1, 3])
> [1, 2, 3, 4]
> ``````
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererInputFencedCode{%
\markdownRendererInputFencedCodePrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Heading Renderers
The \mdef{markdownRendererHeadingOne} macro represents a first level heading.
The macro receives a single argument that corresponds to the heading text.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingOne{%
\markdownRendererHeadingOnePrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererHeadingTwo} macro represents a second level
heading. The macro receives a single argument that corresponds to the heading
text.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingTwo{%
\markdownRendererHeadingTwoPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererHeadingThree} macro represents a third level
heading. The macro receives a single argument that corresponds to the heading
text.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingThree{%
\markdownRendererHeadingThreePrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererHeadingFour} macro represents a fourth level
heading. The macro receives a single argument that corresponds to the heading
text.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingFour{%
\markdownRendererHeadingFourPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererHeadingFive} macro represents a fifth level
heading. The macro receives a single argument that corresponds to the heading
text.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingFive{%
\markdownRendererHeadingFivePrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
The \mdef{markdownRendererHeadingSix} macro represents a sixth level
heading. The macro receives a single argument that corresponds to the heading
text.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingOne{1}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingTwo{2}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingThree{3}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingFour{4}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingFive{5}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingSix{6}
\markdownBegin
######
#####
#####
###
######
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> 65536
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\markdownSetup{
renderers = {
interblockSeparator = {},
headingOne = 1,
headingTwo = 2,
headingThree = 3,
headingFour = 4,
headingFive = 5,
headingSix = 6,
},
}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
######
#####
#####
###
######
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> 65536
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingOne{1}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingTwo{2}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingThree{3}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingFour{4}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingFive{5}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingSix{6}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
######
#####
#####
###
######
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> 65536
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererHeadingSix{%
\markdownRendererHeadingSixPrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Horizontal Rule Renderer
The \mdef{markdownRendererHorizontalRule} macro represents a horizontal rule.
The macro receives no arguments.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownRendererHorizontalRule{\vfil\break}
\markdownBegin
This is the first page.
***
This is the second page.
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is the first page.
>
> ***
>
> This is the second page.
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\markdownSetup{
renderers = {
horizontalRule = \newpage,
},
}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
This is the first page.
***
This is the second page.
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is the first page.
>
> ***
>
> This is the second page.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownRendererHorizontalRule{\page[yes]}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
This is the first page.
***
This is the second page.
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is the first page.
>
> ***
>
> This is the second page.
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererHorizontalRule{%
\markdownRendererHorizontalRulePrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Footnote Renderer
The \mdef{markdownRendererFootnote} macro represents a footnote. This macro
will only be produced, when the \Opt{footnotes} option is `true`. The
macro receives a single argument that corresponds to the footnote text.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownOptionFootnotes{true}
\def\markdownRendererFootnote#1{ (and \lowercase{#1})}
\markdownBegin
This is some text[^1] and this is some other text[^2].
[^1]: this is a footnote
[^2]: this is some other footnote
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is some text (and this is a footnote) and this is some other
> text (and this is some other footnote).
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[footnotes]{markdown}
\markdownSetup{
renderers = {
footnote = { (and \MakeLowercase{#1})},
},
}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
This is some text[^1] and this is some other text[^2].
[^1]: this is a footnote
[^2]: this is some other footnote
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is some text (and this is a footnote) and this is some other
> text (and this is some other footnote).
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownOptionFootnotes{true}
\def\markdownRendererFootnote#1{ (and \lowercase{#1})}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
This is some text[^1] and this is some other text[^2].
[^1]: this is a footnote
[^2]: this is some other footnote
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is some text (and this is a footnote) and this is some other
> text (and this is some other footnote).
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererFootnote{%
\markdownRendererFootnotePrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Parenthesized Citations Renderer
The \mdef{markdownRendererCite} macro represents a string of one or more
parenthetical citations. This macro will only be produced, when the
\Opt{citations} option is `true`. The macro receives the parameter
`{`\meta{number of citations}`}` followed by \meta{suppress
author}`{`\meta{prenote}`}{`\meta{postnote}`}{`\meta{name}`}` repeated
\meta{number of citations} times. The \meta{suppress author} parameter is
either the token `-`, when the author's name is to be suppressed, or `+`
otherwise.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[citations]{markdown}
\newcount\citationsCounter
\newcount\citationsTotal
\makeatletter
\def\citations#1#2#3#4{%
a parenthesized citation \emph{#4}
\advance\citationsCounter by 1\relax
\ifx\relax#2\relax
\ifx\relax#3\relax\else
with a postfix \emph{#3}%
\fi
\else
with a prefix \emph{#2}%
\ifx\relax#3\relax\else
\ and a postfix \emph{#3}%
\fi
\fi
\ifnum\citationsCounter>\citationsTotal\relax
.%
\expandafter\@gobble
\else
, and
\fi\citations}
\makeatother
\markdownSetup{
renderers = {
cite = {%
\citationsCounter=1%
\citationsTotal=#1%
This is
\expandafter\citations
},
},
}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
[see @abrahams90, pp. 12; @eijkhout91, pp. 34]
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is a parenthesized citation *abrahams90* with a prefix see
> and a postfix *pp. > 12*, and a citation *eijkhout91* with a
> postfix *pp. 34*.
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererCite{%
\markdownRendererCitePrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
#### Text Citations Renderer
The \mdef{markdownRendererTextCite} macro represents a string of one or more
text citations. This macro will only be produced, when the
\Opt{citations} option is `true`. The macro receives parameters in the same
format as the \m{markdownRendererCite} macro.
% \end{markdown}
%
% \iffalse
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage[citations]{markdown}
\newcount\citationsCounter
\newcount\citationsTotal
\makeatletter
\def\citations#1#2#3#4{%
a text citation \emph{#4}
\advance\citationsCounter by 1\relax
\ifx\relax#2\relax
\ifx\relax#3\relax\else
with a postfix \emph{#3}%
\fi
\else
with a prefix \emph{#2}%
\ifx\relax#3\relax\else
\ and a postfix \emph{#3}%
\fi
\fi
\ifnum\citationsCounter>\citationsTotal\relax
.%
\expandafter\@gobble
\else
, and
\fi\citations}
\makeatother
\markdownSetup{
renderers = {
textCite = {%
\citationsCounter=1%
\citationsTotal=#1%
This is
\expandafter\citations
},
},
}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
@abrahams90 [pp. 12; also @eijkhout91]
\end{markdown}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> This is a text citation *abrahams90* with a postfix *pp. 12*,
> and a citation *eijkhout91* with a prefix *also*.
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererTextCite{%
\markdownRendererTextCitePrototype}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-tokens>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
### Token Renderer Prototypes
% \label{sec:texrendererprototypes}
%
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
By default, token renderers point to package-defined \TeX{} macros, further
referred to as *prototypes*, which provide useful default definitions.
% \fi
%
% \iffalse
##### Plain \TeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\input markdown
\def\markdownRendererTildePrototype{%
Packages can specify token renderer prototypes.%
}
\markdownBegin
~
\markdownEnd
\def\markdownRendererTilde{%
User-defined token renderers take precedence.%
}
\markdownBegin
~
\markdownEnd
\bye
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
luatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Packages can specify token renderer prototypes.
>
> User-defined token renderers take precedence.
##### \LaTeX{} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\markdownSetup{
rendererPrototypes = {
tilde = {Packages can specify token renderer prototypes.},
},
}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
~
\end{markdown}
\begin{markdown*}{
renderers = {
tilde = {User-defined token renderers take precedence.},
},
}
~
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Packages can specify token renderer prototypes.
>
> User-defined token renderers take precedence.
##### \Hologo{ConTeXt} Example {.unnumbered}
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\def\markdownRendererTildePrototype{%
Packages can specify token renderer prototypes.%
}
\starttext
\startmarkdown
~
\stopmarkdown
\def\markdownRendererTilde{%
User-defined token renderers take precedence.%
}
\startmarkdown
~
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> Packages can specify token renderer prototypes.
>
> User-defined token renderers take precedence.
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
%
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The following \TeX{} macros provide definitions for the token renderers (see
% Section \ref{sec:texrenderersuser}) that have not been redefined by the
% user. These macros are intended to be redefined by macro package authors
% who wish to provide sensible default token renderers. They are also redefined
% by the \LaTeX{} and \Hologo{ConTeXt} implementations (see sections
% \ref{sec:lateximplementation} and \ref{sec:contextimplementation}).
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparatorPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererLineBreakPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererEllipsisPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererNbspPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererLeftBracePrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererRightBracePrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererDollarSignPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererPercentSignPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererAmpersandPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererUnderscorePrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererHashPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererCircumflexPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererBackslashPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererTildePrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererPipePrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererCodeSpanPrototype#1{}%
\def\markdownRendererLinkPrototype#1#2#3#4{}%
\def\markdownRendererImagePrototype#1#2#3#4{}%
\def\markdownRendererContentBlockPrototype#1#2#3#4{}%
\def\markdownRendererContentBlockOnlineImagePrototype#1#2#3#4{}%
\def\markdownRendererContentBlockCodePrototype#1#2#3#4#5{}%
\def\markdownRendererUlBeginPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererUlBeginTightPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererUlItemPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererUlItemEndPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererUlEndPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererUlEndTightPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererOlBeginPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererOlBeginTightPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererOlItemPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererOlItemWithNumberPrototype#1{}%
\def\markdownRendererOlItemEndPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererOlEndPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererOlEndTightPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererDlBeginPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererDlBeginTightPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererDlItemPrototype#1{}%
\def\markdownRendererDlItemEndPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBeginPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEndPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererDlEndPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererDlEndTightPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererEmphasisPrototype#1{}%
\def\markdownRendererStrongEmphasisPrototype#1{}%
\def\markdownRendererBlockQuoteBeginPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererBlockQuoteEndPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererInputVerbatimPrototype#1{}%
\def\markdownRendererInputFencedCodePrototype#1#2{}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingOnePrototype#1{}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingTwoPrototype#1{}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingThreePrototype#1{}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingFourPrototype#1{}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingFivePrototype#1{}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingSixPrototype#1{}%
\def\markdownRendererHorizontalRulePrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererFootnotePrototype#1{}%
\def\markdownRendererCitePrototype#1{}%
\def\markdownRendererTextCitePrototype#1{}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Logging Facilities
% The \mdef{markdownInfo}, \mdef{markdownWarning}, and \mdef{markdownError}
% macros perform logging for the Markdown package. Their first argument
% specifies the text of the info, warning, or error message.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownInfo#1{}%
\def\markdownWarning#1{}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \m{markdownError} macro receives a second argument that provides a help
% text.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownError#1#2{}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% You may redefine these macros to redirect and process the info, warning, and
% error messages.
%
%### Miscellanea
% The \mdef{markdownMakeOther} macro is used by the package, when a \TeX{}
% engine that does not support direct Lua access is starting to buffer a text.
% The plain \TeX{} implementation changes the category code of plain \TeX{}
% special characters to other, but there may be other active characters that
% may break the output. This macro should temporarily change the category of
% these to *other*.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\markdownMakeOther\relax
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \mdef{markdownReadAndConvert} macro implements the \m{markdownBegin}
% macro. The first argument specifies the token sequence that will terminate
% the markdown input (\m{markdownEnd} in the instance of the \m{markdownBegin}
% macro) when the plain \TeX{} special characters have had their category
% changed to *other*. The second argument specifies the token sequence
% that will actually be inserted into the document, when the ending token
% sequence has been found.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\markdownReadAndConvert\relax
\begingroup
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Locally swap the category code of the backslash symbol (`\`) with the pipe
% symbol (`|`). This is required in order that all the special symbols in the
% first argument of the `markdownReadAndConvert` macro have the category code
% *other*.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\catcode`\|=0\catcode`\\=12%
|gdef|markdownBegin{%
|markdownReadAndConvert{\markdownEnd}%
{|markdownEnd}}%
|endgroup
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% The macro is exposed in the interface, so that the user can create their own
% markdown environments. Due to the way the arguments are passed to Lua (see
% Section \ref{sec:directlua}), the first argument may not contain the
% string `]]` (regardless of the category code of the bracket symbol (`]`)).
%
% The \mdef{markdownMode} macro specifies how the plain \TeX{} implementation
% interfaces with the Lua interface. The valid values and their meaning are
% as follows:
%
% - `0` – Shell escape via the 18 output file stream
% - `1` – Shell escape via the Lua \luam{os.execute} method
% - `2` – Direct Lua access
%
% By defining the macro, the user can coerce the package to use a specific mode.
% If the user does not define the macro prior to loading the plain \TeX{}
% implementation, the correct value will be automatically detected. The outcome
% of changing the value of \m{markdownMode} after the implementation has been
% loaded is undefined.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\markdownMode\undefined
\ifx\directlua\undefined
\def\markdownMode{0}%
\else
\def\markdownMode{2}%
\fi
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The following macros are no longer a part of the plain \TeX{} interface and
% are only defined for backwards compatibility:
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownLuaRegisterIBCallback#1{\relax}%
\def\markdownLuaUnregisterIBCallback#1{\relax}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \iffalse
%
% \fi
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \LaTeX{} Interface
%-------------------
% \label{sec:latexinterface}
%
% \end{markdown}
% \iffalse
%<*manual-interfaces>
### \LaTeX{}
The \LaTeX{} interface provides the same level of functionality as the plain
\TeX{} interface by using the plain \TeX{} interface behind the scenes. Unlike
the plain \TeX{} interface, the \LaTeX{} interface uses familiar \LaTeX{}
idioms, such as package options and environments.
The \LaTeX{} interface accepts the same options as the plain \TeX{} interface,
but now the options are specified as \meta{key}${}={}$\meta{value} pairs and
they are passed either as package options, in the \m{markdownSetup} command, or
as parameters for the \envm{markdown*} \LaTeX{} environment.
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{markdown}
\begin{document}
\begin{markdown}
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$
\end{markdown}
\begin{markdown*}{hybrid}
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$
\end{markdown*}
\end{document}
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
lualatex document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \$\\sqrt{-1}\$ *equals* \$i\$.
>
> √-̅1̅ *equals* $i$.
Invoking pdfTeX should have the same effect:
``` sh
pdflatex --shell-escape document.tex
``````
%
%<*latex>
% \fi
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \LaTeX{} interface provides \LaTeX{} environments for the typesetting of
% markdown input from within \LaTeX{}, facilities for setting Lua interface
% options (see Section \ref{sec:luaoptions}) used during the conversion from
% markdown to plain \TeX{}, and facilities for changing the way markdown tokens
% are rendered. The rest of the interface is inherited from the plain \TeX{}
% interface (see Section \ref{sec:texinterface}).
%
% The \LaTeX{} interface is implemented by the `markdown.sty` file, which
% can be loaded from the \LaTeX{} document preamble as follows:
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{Verbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\},gobble=2]
% \textbackslash{}usepackage[\textrm{\meta{options}}]\{markdown\}
% \end{Verbatim}
% \begin{markdown}
% where \meta{options} are the \LaTeX{} interface options (see Section
% \ref{sec:latexoptions}). Note that \meta{options} inside the \m{usepackage}
% macro may not set the `markdownRenderers` (see Section
% \ref{sec:latexrenderers}) and `markdownRendererPrototypes` (see Section
% \ref{sec:latexrendererprototypes}) keys. This limitation is due to the way
% \Hologo{LaTeX2e} parses package options.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Typesetting Markdown
% The interface exposes the \envmdef{markdown} and \envmdef{markdown*}
% \LaTeX{} environments, and redefines the \m{markdownInput} command.
%
% The \envm{markdown} and \envm{markdown*} \LaTeX{} environments are used to
% typeset markdown document fragments. The starred version of the
% \envm{markdown} environment accepts \LaTeX{} interface options (see
% Section \ref{sec:latexoptions}) as its only argument. These options will
% only influence this markdown document fragment.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{markdown}\relax\relax
\newenvironment{markdown*}[1]\relax\relax
% \end{macrocode}
% \markdownBegin
%
% You may prepend your own code to the \m{markdown} macro and append your own
% code to the \m{endmarkdown} macro to produce special effects before and after
% the \envm{markdown} \LaTeX{} environment (and likewise for the starred
% version).
%
% Note that the \envm{markdown} and \envm{markdown*} \LaTeX{} environments are
% subject to the same limitations as the \m{markdownBegin} and \m{markdownEnd}
% macros exposed by the plain \TeX{} interface.
%
% The following example \LaTeX{} code showcases the usage of the
% \envm{markdown} and \envm{markdown*} environments:
% ``` tex
% \documentclass{article} \documentclass{article}
% \usepackage{markdown} \usepackage{markdown}
% \begin{document} \begin{document}
% % ... % ...
% \begin{markdown} \begin{markdown*}{smartEllipses}
% _Hello_ **world** ... _Hello_ **world** ...
% \end{markdown} \end{markdown*}
% % ... % ...
% \end{document} \end{document}
% ```````
%
% The \m{markdownInput} macro accepts a single mandatory parameter containing
% the filename of a markdown document and expands to the result of the
% conversion of the input markdown document to plain \TeX{}. Unlike the
% \m{markdownInput} macro provided by the plain \TeX{} interface, this macro
% also accepts \LaTeX{} interface options (see Section \ref{sec:latexoptions})
% as its optional argument. These options will only influnce this markdown
% document.
%
% The following example \LaTeX{} code showcases the usage of the
% \m{markdownInput} macro:
% ``` tex
% \documentclass{article}
% \usepackage{markdown}
% \begin{document}
% % ...
% \markdownInput[smartEllipses]{hello.md}
% % ...
% \end{document}
% ```````
%
%### Options
% \label{sec:latexoptions}
%
% The \LaTeX{} options are represented by a comma-delimited list of
% \meta{key}`=`\meta{value} pairs. For boolean options, the `=`\meta{value}
% part is optional, and \meta{key} will be interpreted as \meta{key}`=true`.
%
% The \LaTeX{} options map directly to the options recognized by the plain
% \TeX{} interface (see Section \ref{sec:texoptions}) and to the markdown token
% renderers and their prototypes recognized by the plain \TeX{} interface (see
% Sections \ref{sec:texrenderersuser} and \ref{sec:texrendererprototypes}).
%
% The \LaTeX{} options may be specified when loading the \LaTeX{} package (see
% Section \ref{sec:latexinterface}), when using the \envm{markdown*} \LaTeX{}
% environment, or via the \mdef{markdownSetup} macro. The \m{markdownSetup}
% macro receives the options to set up as its only argument.
%
% \markdownEnd
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\markdownSetup[1]{%
\setkeys{markdownOptions}{#1}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Plain \TeX{} Interface Options
% The following options map directly to the option macros exposed by the plain
% \TeX{} interface (see Section \ref{sec:texoptions}).
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{markdownOptions}{helperScriptFileName}{%
\def\markdownOptionHelperScriptFileName{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{inputTempFileName}{%
\def\markdownOptionInputTempFileName{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{outputTempFileName}{%
\def\markdownOptionOutputTempFileName{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{errorTempFileName}{%
\def\markdownOptionErrorTempFileName{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{cacheDir}{%
\def\markdownOptionCacheDir{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{outputDir}{%
\def\markdownOptionOutputDir{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{blankBeforeBlockquote}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionBlankBeforeBlockquote{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{blankBeforeCodeFence}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionBlankBeforeCodeFence{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{blankBeforeHeading}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionBlankBeforeHeading{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{breakableBlockquotes}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionBreakableBlockquotes{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{citations}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionCitations{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{citationNbsps}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionCitationNbsps{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{contentBlocks}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionContentBlocks{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{codeSpans}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionCodeSpans{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{contentBlocksLanguageMap}{%
\def\markdownOptionContentBlocksLanguageMap{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{definitionLists}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionDefinitionLists{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{footnotes}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionFootnotes{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{fencedCode}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionFencedCode{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{hashEnumerators}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionHashEnumerators{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{headerAttributes}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionHeaderAttributes{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{html}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionHtml{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{hybrid}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionHybrid{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{inlineFootnotes}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionInlineFootnotes{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{preserveTabs}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionPreserveTabs{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{smartEllipses}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionSmartEllipses{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{slice}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionSlice{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{startNumber}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionStartNumber{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{tightLists}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionTightLists{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{underscores}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionUnderscores{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{stripPercentSigns}[true]{%
\def\markdownOptionStripPercentSigns{#1}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The following example \LaTeX{} code showcases a possible configuration of
% plain \TeX{} interface options \m{markdownOptionHybrid},
% \m{markdownOptionSmartEllipses}, and \m{markdownOptionCacheDir}.
% ``` tex
% \markdownSetup{
% hybrid,
% smartEllipses,
% cacheDir = /tmp,
% }
% ```````
%
%#### Plain \TeX{} Markdown Token Renderers
% \label{sec:latexrenderers}
%
% The \LaTeX{} interface recognizes an option with the `renderers` key,
% whose value must be a list of options that map directly to the markdown token
% renderer macros exposed by the plain \TeX{} interface (see Section
% \ref{sec:texrenderersuser}).
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{interblockSeparator}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{lineBreak}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererLineBreak{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{ellipsis}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererEllipsis{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{nbsp}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererNbsp{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{leftBrace}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererLeftBrace{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{rightBrace}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererRightBrace{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{dollarSign}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDollarSign{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{percentSign}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererPercentSign{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{ampersand}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererAmpersand{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{underscore}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererUnderscore{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{hash}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererHash{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{circumflex}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererCircumflex{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{backslash}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererBackslash{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{tilde}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererTilde{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{pipe}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererPipe{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{codeSpan}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererCodeSpan[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{link}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererLink[4]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{contentBlock}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererContentBlock[4]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{contentBlockOnlineImage}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererContentBlockOnlineImage[4]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{contentBlockCode}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererContentBlockCode[5]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{image}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererImage[4]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{ulBegin}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererUlBegin{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{ulBeginTight}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererUlBeginTight{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{ulItem}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererUlItem{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{ulItemEnd}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererUlItemEnd{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{ulEnd}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererUlEnd{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{ulEndTight}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererUlEndTight{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{olBegin}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererOlBegin{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{olBeginTight}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererOlBeginTight{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{olItem}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererOlItem{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{olItemWithNumber}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererOlItemWithNumber[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{olItemEnd}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererOlItemEnd{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{olEnd}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererOlEnd{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{olEndTight}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererOlEndTight{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{dlBegin}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDlBegin{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{dlBeginTight}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDlBeginTight{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{dlItem}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDlItem[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{dlItemEnd}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDlItemEnd{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{dlDefinitionBegin}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBegin{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{dlDefinitionEnd}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEnd{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{dlEnd}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDlEnd{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{dlEndTight}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDlEndTight{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{emphasis}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererEmphasis[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{strongEmphasis}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererStrongEmphasis[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{blockQuoteBegin}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererBlockQuoteBegin{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{blockQuoteEnd}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererBlockQuoteEnd{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{inputVerbatim}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererInputVerbatim[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{inputFencedCode}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererInputFencedCode[2]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{headingOne}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererHeadingOne[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{headingTwo}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererHeadingTwo[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{headingThree}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererHeadingThree[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{headingFour}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererHeadingFour[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{headingFive}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererHeadingFive[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{headingSix}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererHeadingSix[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{horizontalRule}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererHorizontalRule{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{footnote}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererFootnote[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{cite}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererCite[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRenderers}{textCite}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererTextCite[1]{#1}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The following example \LaTeX{} code showcases a possible configuration of the
% \m{markdownRendererLink} and \m{markdownRendererEmphasis} markdown token
% renderers.
% ``` tex
% \markdownSetup{
% renderers = {
% link = {#4}, % Render links as the link title.
% emphasis = {\emph{#1}}, % Render emphasized text via `\emph`.
% }
% }
% ```````
%
%#### Plain \TeX{} Markdown Token Renderer Prototypes
% \label{sec:latexrendererprototypes}
% The \LaTeX{} interface recognizes an option with the `rendererPrototypes`
% key, whose value must be a list of options that map directly to the markdown
% token renderer prototype macros exposed by the plain \TeX{} interface (see
% Section \ref{sec:texrendererprototypes}).
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{interblockSeparator}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererInterblockSeparatorPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{lineBreak}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererLineBreakPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{ellipsis}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererEllipsisPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{nbsp}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererNbspPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{leftBrace}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererLeftBracePrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{rightBrace}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererRightBracePrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{dollarSign}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDollarSignPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{percentSign}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererPercentSignPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{ampersand}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererAmpersandPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{underscore}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererUnderscorePrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{hash}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererHashPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{circumflex}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererCircumflexPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{backslash}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererBackslashPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{tilde}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererTildePrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{pipe}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererPipePrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{codeSpan}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererCodeSpanPrototype[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{link}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererLinkPrototype[4]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{contentBlock}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererContentBlockPrototype[4]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{contentBlockOnlineImage}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererContentBlockOnlineImagePrototype[4]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{contentBlockCode}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererContentBlockCodePrototype[5]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{image}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererImagePrototype[4]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{ulBegin}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererUlBeginPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{ulBeginTight}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererUlBeginTightPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{ulItem}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererUlItemPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{ulItemEnd}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererUlItemEndPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{ulEnd}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererUlEndPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{ulEndTight}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererUlEndTightPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{olBegin}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererOlBeginPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{olBeginTight}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererOlBeginTightPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{olItem}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererOlItemPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{olItemWithNumber}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererOlItemWithNumberPrototype[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{olItemEnd}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererOlItemEndPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{olEnd}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererOlEndPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{olEndTight}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererOlEndTightPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{dlBegin}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDlBeginPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{dlBeginTight}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDlBeginTightPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{dlItem}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDlItemPrototype[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{dlItemEnd}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDlItemEndPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{dlDefinitionBegin}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBeginPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{dlDefinitionEnd}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEndPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{dlEnd}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDlEndPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{dlEndTight}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererDlEndTightPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{emphasis}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererEmphasisPrototype[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{strongEmphasis}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererStrongEmphasisPrototype[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{blockQuoteBegin}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererBlockQuoteBeginPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{blockQuoteEnd}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererBlockQuoteEndPrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{inputVerbatim}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererInputVerbatimPrototype[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{inputFencedCode}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererInputFencedCodePrototype[2]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{headingOne}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererHeadingOnePrototype[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{headingTwo}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererHeadingTwoPrototype[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{headingThree}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererHeadingThreePrototype[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{headingFour}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererHeadingFourPrototype[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{headingFive}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererHeadingFivePrototype[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{headingSix}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererHeadingSixPrototype[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{horizontalRule}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererHorizontalRulePrototype{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{footnote}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererFootnotePrototype[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{cite}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererCitePrototype[1]{#1}}%
\define@key{markdownRendererPrototypes}{textCite}{%
\renewcommand\markdownRendererTextCitePrototype[1]{#1}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The following example \LaTeX{} code showcases a possible configuration of the
% \m{markdownRendererImagePrototype} and \m{markdownRendererCodeSpanPrototype}
% markdown token renderer prototypes.
% ``` tex
% \markdownSetup{
% rendererPrototypes = {
% image = {\includegraphics{#2}},
% codeSpan = {\texttt{#1}}, % Render inline code via `\texttt`.
% }
% }
% ```````
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*context>
% \fi
% \Hologo{ConTeXt} Interface
%---------------------------
% \label{sec:contextinterface}
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*manual-interfaces>
### \Hologo{ConTeXt}
The \Hologo{ConTeXt} interface provides the same level of functionality as the
plain \TeX{} interface by using the plain \TeX{} interface behind the scenes.
Unlike the plain \TeX{} interface, the \Hologo{ConTeXt} interface uses familiar
\Hologo{ConTeXt} idioms, such as environments.
The \Hologo{ConTeXt} interface accepts the same options as the plain \TeX{}
interface.
Using a text editor, create a text document named `document.tex` with the
following content:
``` tex
\usemodule[t][markdown]
\starttext
\startmarkdown
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$.
\stopmarkdown
\def\markdownOptionHybrid{true}
\startmarkdown
$\sqrt{-1}$ *equals* $i$.
\stopmarkdown
\stoptext
```````
Next, invoke LuaTeX from the terminal:
``` sh
context document.tex
``````
A PDF document named `document.pdf` should be produced and contain the
following text:
> \$\\sqrt{-1}\$ *equals* \$i\$.
>
> √-̅1̅ *equals* $i$.
Invoking pdfTeX should have the same effect:
``` sh
texexec --passon=--shell-escape document.tex
``````
%
%<*context>
% \fi
%
% The \Hologo{ConTeXt} interface provides a start-stop macro pair for the
% typesetting of markdown input from within \Hologo{ConTeXt}. The rest of the
% interface is inherited from the plain \TeX{} interface (see Section
% \ref{sec:texinterface}).
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt User Module / markdown}%
\unprotect
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \Hologo{ConTeXt} interface is implemented by the
% `t-markdown.tex` \Hologo{ConTeXt} module file that can be loaded as follows:
% ``` tex
% \usemodule[t][markdown]
% ```````
% \noindent It is expected that the special plain \TeX{} characters have the
% expected category codes, when \m{input}ting the file.
%
%### Typesetting Markdown
% The interface exposes the \mdef{startmarkdown} and \mdef{stopmarkdown} macro
% pair for the typesetting of a markdown document fragment.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\startmarkdown\relax
\let\stopmarkdown\relax
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% You may prepend your own code to the \m{startmarkdown} macro and redefine the
% \m{stopmarkdown} macro to produce special effects before and after the
% markdown block.
%
% Note that the \m{startmarkdown} and \m{stopmarkdown} macros
% are subject to the same limitations as the \m{markdownBegin} and
% \m{markdownEnd} macros exposed by the plain \TeX{} interface.
%
% The following example \Hologo{ConTeXt} code showcases the usage of the
% \m{startmarkdown} and \m{stopmarkdown} macros:
% ``` tex
% \usemodule[t][markdown]
% \starttext
% \startmarkdown
% _Hello_ **world** ...
% \stopmarkdown
% \stoptext
% ```````
%
% Implementation
%===============
% \label{sec:implementation}
% This part of the documentation describes the implementation of the interfaces
% exposed by the package (see Section \ref{sec:interfaces}) and is aimed at the
% developers of the package, as well as the curious users.
%
% \iffalse
%
%<*lua>
% \fi
%
% Lua Implementation
%-------------------
% \label{sec:luaimplementation}
% The Lua implementation implements \luamdef{writer} and \luamdef{reader}
% objects that provide the conversion from markdown to plain \TeX{}.
%
% The Lunamark Lua module implements writers for the conversion to various
% other formats, such as DocBook, Groff, or \acro{HTML}. These were stripped
% from the module and the remaining markdown reader and plain \TeX{} writer
% were hidden behind the converter functions exposed by the Lua interface (see
% Section \ref{sec:luainterface}).
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local upper, gsub, format, length =
string.upper, string.gsub, string.format, string.len
local concat = table.concat
local P, R, S, V, C, Cg, Cb, Cmt, Cc, Ct, B, Cs, any =
lpeg.P, lpeg.R, lpeg.S, lpeg.V, lpeg.C, lpeg.Cg, lpeg.Cb,
lpeg.Cmt, lpeg.Cc, lpeg.Ct, lpeg.B, lpeg.Cs, lpeg.P(1)
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Utility Functions
% This section documents the utility functions used by the plain \TeX{}
% writer and the markdown reader. These functions are encapsulated in the
% `util` object. The functions were originally located in the
% `lunamark/util.lua` file in the Lunamark Lua module.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local util = {}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \luamdef{util.err} method prints an error message `msg` and exits.
% If `exit_code` is provided, it specifies the exit code. Otherwise, the
% exit code will be 1.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function util.err(msg, exit_code)
io.stderr:write("markdown.lua: " .. msg .. "\n")
os.exit(exit_code or 1)
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \luamdef{util.cache} method computes the digest of `string` and
% `salt`, adds the `suffix` and looks into the directory `dir`, whether a
% file with such a name exists. If it does not, it gets created with
% `transform(string)` as its content. The filename is then returned.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function util.cache(dir, string, salt, transform, suffix)
local digest = md5.sumhexa(string .. (salt or ""))
local name = util.pathname(dir, digest .. suffix)
local file = io.open(name, "r")
if file == nil then -- If no cache entry exists, then create a new one.
local file = assert(io.open(name, "w"))
local result = string
if transform ~= nil then
result = transform(result)
end
assert(file:write(result))
assert(file:close())
end
return name
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \luamdef{util.table_copy} method creates a shallow copy of a table `t`
% and its metatable.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function util.table_copy(t)
local u = { }
for k, v in pairs(t) do u[k] = v end
return setmetatable(u, getmetatable(t))
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \luamdef{util.expand_tabs_in_line} expands tabs in string `s`. If
% `tabstop` is specified, it is used as the tab stop width. Otherwise,
% the tab stop width of 4 characters is used. The method is a copy of the tab
% expansion algorithm from @ierusalimschy13 [Chapter 21].
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function util.expand_tabs_in_line(s, tabstop)
local tab = tabstop or 4
local corr = 0
return (s:gsub("()\t", function(p)
local sp = tab - (p - 1 + corr) % tab
corr = corr - 1 + sp
return string.rep(" ", sp)
end))
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \luamdef{util.walk} method walks a rope `t`, applying a function `f`
% to each leaf element in order. A rope is an array whose elements may be
% ropes, strings, numbers, or functions. If a leaf element is a function, call
% it and get the return value before proceeding.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function util.walk(t, f)
local typ = type(t)
if typ == "string" then
f(t)
elseif typ == "table" then
local i = 1
local n
n = t[i]
while n do
util.walk(n, f)
i = i + 1
n = t[i]
end
elseif typ == "function" then
local ok, val = pcall(t)
if ok then
util.walk(val,f)
end
else
f(tostring(t))
end
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \luamdef{util.flatten} method flattens an array `ary` that does not
% contain cycles and returns the result.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function util.flatten(ary)
local new = {}
for _,v in ipairs(ary) do
if type(v) == "table" then
for _,w in ipairs(util.flatten(v)) do
new[#new + 1] = w
end
else
new[#new + 1] = v
end
end
return new
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \luamdef{util.rope_to_string} method converts a rope `rope` to a
% string and returns it. For the definition of a rope, see the definition of
% the \luam{util.walk} method.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function util.rope_to_string(rope)
local buffer = {}
util.walk(rope, function(x) buffer[#buffer + 1] = x end)
return table.concat(buffer)
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \luamdef{util.rope_last} method retrieves the last item in a rope. For
% the definition of a rope, see the definition of the \luam{util.walk} method.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function util.rope_last(rope)
if #rope == 0 then
return nil
else
local l = rope[#rope]
if type(l) == "table" then
return util.rope_last(l)
else
return l
end
end
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Given an array `ary` and a string `x`, the \luamdef{util.intersperse}
% method returns an array `new`, such that `ary[i] == new[2*(i-1)+1]` and
% `new[2*i] == x` for all $1\leq`i`\leq`#ary`$.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function util.intersperse(ary, x)
local new = {}
local l = #ary
for i,v in ipairs(ary) do
local n = #new
new[n + 1] = v
if i ~= l then
new[n + 2] = x
end
end
return new
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Given an array `ary` and a function `f`, the \luamdef{util.map} method
% returns an array `new`, such that `new[i] == f(ary[i])` for all
% $1\leq`i`\leq`#ary`$.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function util.map(ary, f)
local new = {}
for i,v in ipairs(ary) do
new[i] = f(v)
end
return new
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Given a table `char_escapes` mapping escapable characters to escaped
% strings and optionally a table `string_escapes` mapping escapable strings
% to escaped strings, the \luamdef{util.escaper} method returns an escaper
% function that escapes all occurances of escapable strings and characters (in
% this order).
%
% The method uses \pkg{LPeg}, which is faster than the Lua `string.gsub`
% built-in method.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function util.escaper(char_escapes, string_escapes)
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Build a string of escapable characters.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local char_escapes_list = ""
for i,_ in pairs(char_escapes) do
char_escapes_list = char_escapes_list .. i
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Create an \pkg{LPeg} capture `escapable` that produces the escaped string
% corresponding to the matched escapable character.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local escapable = S(char_escapes_list) / char_escapes
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% If `string_escapes` is provided, turn `escapable` into the
% $$\sum_{(`k`,`v`)\in`string_escapes`}`P(k) / v` + `escapable`$$
% capture that replaces any occurance of the string `k` with the string
% `v` for each $(`k`, `v`)\in`string_escapes`$. Note that the pattern
% summation is not commutative and its operands are inspected in the
% summation order during the matching. As a corrolary, the strings always
% take precedence over the characters.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
if string_escapes then
for k,v in pairs(string_escapes) do
escapable = P(k) / v + escapable
end
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Create an \pkg{LPeg} capture `escape_string` that captures anything
% `escapable` does and matches any other unmatched characters.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local escape_string = Cs((escapable + any)^0)
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Return a function that matches the input string `s` against the
% `escape_string` capture.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
return function(s)
return lpeg.match(escape_string, s)
end
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \luamdef{util.pathname} method produces a pathname out of a directory
% name `dir` and a filename `file` and returns it.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function util.pathname(dir, file)
if #dir == 0 then
return file
else
return dir .. "/" .. file
end
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### \textsc{html} Entities
% This section documents the \textsc{html} entities recognized by the
% markdown reader. These functions are encapsulated in the `entities`
% object. The functions were originally located in the
% `lunamark/entities.lua` file in the Lunamark Lua module.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local entities = {}
local character_entities = {
["quot"] = 0x0022,
["amp"] = 0x0026,
["apos"] = 0x0027,
["lt"] = 0x003C,
["gt"] = 0x003E,
["nbsp"] = 160,
["iexcl"] = 0x00A1,
["cent"] = 0x00A2,
["pound"] = 0x00A3,
["curren"] = 0x00A4,
["yen"] = 0x00A5,
["brvbar"] = 0x00A6,
["sect"] = 0x00A7,
["uml"] = 0x00A8,
["copy"] = 0x00A9,
["ordf"] = 0x00AA,
["laquo"] = 0x00AB,
["not"] = 0x00AC,
["shy"] = 173,
["reg"] = 0x00AE,
["macr"] = 0x00AF,
["deg"] = 0x00B0,
["plusmn"] = 0x00B1,
["sup2"] = 0x00B2,
["sup3"] = 0x00B3,
["acute"] = 0x00B4,
["micro"] = 0x00B5,
["para"] = 0x00B6,
["middot"] = 0x00B7,
["cedil"] = 0x00B8,
["sup1"] = 0x00B9,
["ordm"] = 0x00BA,
["raquo"] = 0x00BB,
["frac14"] = 0x00BC,
["frac12"] = 0x00BD,
["frac34"] = 0x00BE,
["iquest"] = 0x00BF,
["Agrave"] = 0x00C0,
["Aacute"] = 0x00C1,
["Acirc"] = 0x00C2,
["Atilde"] = 0x00C3,
["Auml"] = 0x00C4,
["Aring"] = 0x00C5,
["AElig"] = 0x00C6,
["Ccedil"] = 0x00C7,
["Egrave"] = 0x00C8,
["Eacute"] = 0x00C9,
["Ecirc"] = 0x00CA,
["Euml"] = 0x00CB,
["Igrave"] = 0x00CC,
["Iacute"] = 0x00CD,
["Icirc"] = 0x00CE,
["Iuml"] = 0x00CF,
["ETH"] = 0x00D0,
["Ntilde"] = 0x00D1,
["Ograve"] = 0x00D2,
["Oacute"] = 0x00D3,
["Ocirc"] = 0x00D4,
["Otilde"] = 0x00D5,
["Ouml"] = 0x00D6,
["times"] = 0x00D7,
["Oslash"] = 0x00D8,
["Ugrave"] = 0x00D9,
["Uacute"] = 0x00DA,
["Ucirc"] = 0x00DB,
["Uuml"] = 0x00DC,
["Yacute"] = 0x00DD,
["THORN"] = 0x00DE,
["szlig"] = 0x00DF,
["agrave"] = 0x00E0,
["aacute"] = 0x00E1,
["acirc"] = 0x00E2,
["atilde"] = 0x00E3,
["auml"] = 0x00E4,
["aring"] = 0x00E5,
["aelig"] = 0x00E6,
["ccedil"] = 0x00E7,
["egrave"] = 0x00E8,
["eacute"] = 0x00E9,
["ecirc"] = 0x00EA,
["euml"] = 0x00EB,
["igrave"] = 0x00EC,
["iacute"] = 0x00ED,
["icirc"] = 0x00EE,
["iuml"] = 0x00EF,
["eth"] = 0x00F0,
["ntilde"] = 0x00F1,
["ograve"] = 0x00F2,
["oacute"] = 0x00F3,
["ocirc"] = 0x00F4,
["otilde"] = 0x00F5,
["ouml"] = 0x00F6,
["divide"] = 0x00F7,
["oslash"] = 0x00F8,
["ugrave"] = 0x00F9,
["uacute"] = 0x00FA,
["ucirc"] = 0x00FB,
["uuml"] = 0x00FC,
["yacute"] = 0x00FD,
["thorn"] = 0x00FE,
["yuml"] = 0x00FF,
["OElig"] = 0x0152,
["oelig"] = 0x0153,
["Scaron"] = 0x0160,
["scaron"] = 0x0161,
["Yuml"] = 0x0178,
["fnof"] = 0x0192,
["circ"] = 0x02C6,
["tilde"] = 0x02DC,
["Alpha"] = 0x0391,
["Beta"] = 0x0392,
["Gamma"] = 0x0393,
["Delta"] = 0x0394,
["Epsilon"] = 0x0395,
["Zeta"] = 0x0396,
["Eta"] = 0x0397,
["Theta"] = 0x0398,
["Iota"] = 0x0399,
["Kappa"] = 0x039A,
["Lambda"] = 0x039B,
["Mu"] = 0x039C,
["Nu"] = 0x039D,
["Xi"] = 0x039E,
["Omicron"] = 0x039F,
["Pi"] = 0x03A0,
["Rho"] = 0x03A1,
["Sigma"] = 0x03A3,
["Tau"] = 0x03A4,
["Upsilon"] = 0x03A5,
["Phi"] = 0x03A6,
["Chi"] = 0x03A7,
["Psi"] = 0x03A8,
["Omega"] = 0x03A9,
["alpha"] = 0x03B1,
["beta"] = 0x03B2,
["gamma"] = 0x03B3,
["delta"] = 0x03B4,
["epsilon"] = 0x03B5,
["zeta"] = 0x03B6,
["eta"] = 0x03B7,
["theta"] = 0x03B8,
["iota"] = 0x03B9,
["kappa"] = 0x03BA,
["lambda"] = 0x03BB,
["mu"] = 0x03BC,
["nu"] = 0x03BD,
["xi"] = 0x03BE,
["omicron"] = 0x03BF,
["pi"] = 0x03C0,
["rho"] = 0x03C1,
["sigmaf"] = 0x03C2,
["sigma"] = 0x03C3,
["tau"] = 0x03C4,
["upsilon"] = 0x03C5,
["phi"] = 0x03C6,
["chi"] = 0x03C7,
["psi"] = 0x03C8,
["omega"] = 0x03C9,
["thetasym"] = 0x03D1,
["upsih"] = 0x03D2,
["piv"] = 0x03D6,
["ensp"] = 0x2002,
["emsp"] = 0x2003,
["thinsp"] = 0x2009,
["ndash"] = 0x2013,
["mdash"] = 0x2014,
["lsquo"] = 0x2018,
["rsquo"] = 0x2019,
["sbquo"] = 0x201A,
["ldquo"] = 0x201C,
["rdquo"] = 0x201D,
["bdquo"] = 0x201E,
["dagger"] = 0x2020,
["Dagger"] = 0x2021,
["bull"] = 0x2022,
["hellip"] = 0x2026,
["permil"] = 0x2030,
["prime"] = 0x2032,
["Prime"] = 0x2033,
["lsaquo"] = 0x2039,
["rsaquo"] = 0x203A,
["oline"] = 0x203E,
["frasl"] = 0x2044,
["euro"] = 0x20AC,
["image"] = 0x2111,
["weierp"] = 0x2118,
["real"] = 0x211C,
["trade"] = 0x2122,
["alefsym"] = 0x2135,
["larr"] = 0x2190,
["uarr"] = 0x2191,
["rarr"] = 0x2192,
["darr"] = 0x2193,
["harr"] = 0x2194,
["crarr"] = 0x21B5,
["lArr"] = 0x21D0,
["uArr"] = 0x21D1,
["rArr"] = 0x21D2,
["dArr"] = 0x21D3,
["hArr"] = 0x21D4,
["forall"] = 0x2200,
["part"] = 0x2202,
["exist"] = 0x2203,
["empty"] = 0x2205,
["nabla"] = 0x2207,
["isin"] = 0x2208,
["notin"] = 0x2209,
["ni"] = 0x220B,
["prod"] = 0x220F,
["sum"] = 0x2211,
["minus"] = 0x2212,
["lowast"] = 0x2217,
["radic"] = 0x221A,
["prop"] = 0x221D,
["infin"] = 0x221E,
["ang"] = 0x2220,
["and"] = 0x2227,
["or"] = 0x2228,
["cap"] = 0x2229,
["cup"] = 0x222A,
["int"] = 0x222B,
["there4"] = 0x2234,
["sim"] = 0x223C,
["cong"] = 0x2245,
["asymp"] = 0x2248,
["ne"] = 0x2260,
["equiv"] = 0x2261,
["le"] = 0x2264,
["ge"] = 0x2265,
["sub"] = 0x2282,
["sup"] = 0x2283,
["nsub"] = 0x2284,
["sube"] = 0x2286,
["supe"] = 0x2287,
["oplus"] = 0x2295,
["otimes"] = 0x2297,
["perp"] = 0x22A5,
["sdot"] = 0x22C5,
["lceil"] = 0x2308,
["rceil"] = 0x2309,
["lfloor"] = 0x230A,
["rfloor"] = 0x230B,
["lang"] = 0x27E8,
["rang"] = 0x27E9,
["loz"] = 0x25CA,
["spades"] = 0x2660,
["clubs"] = 0x2663,
["hearts"] = 0x2665,
["diams"] = 0x2666,
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Given a string `s` of decimal digits, the \luamdef{entities.dec_entity}
% returns the corresponding \textsc{utf}8-encoded Unicode codepoint.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function entities.dec_entity(s)
return unicode.utf8.char(tonumber(s))
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Given a string `s` of hexadecimal digits, the
% \luamdef{entities.hex_entity} returns the corresponding
% \textsc{utf}8-encoded Unicode codepoint.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function entities.hex_entity(s)
return unicode.utf8.char(tonumber("0x"..s))
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Given a character entity name `s` (like `ouml`), the
% \luamdef{entities.char_entity} returns the corresponding
% \textsc{utf}8-encoded Unicode codepoint.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function entities.char_entity(s)
local n = character_entities[s]
return unicode.utf8.char(n)
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Plain \TeX{} Writer
% \label{sec:texwriter}
% This section documents the \luam{writer} object, which implements the
% routines for producing the \TeX{} output. The object is an amalgamate of the
% generic, \TeX{}, \LaTeX{} writer objects that were located in the
% `lunamark/writer/generic.lua`, `lunamark/writer/tex.lua`, and
% `lunamark/writer/latex.lua` files in the Lunamark Lua module.
%
% Although not specified in the Lua interface (see Section
% \ref{sec:luainterface}), the \luam{writer} object is exported, so that the
% curious user could easily tinker with the methods of the objects produced by
% the \luam{writer.new} method described below. The user should be aware,
% however, that the implementation may change in a future revision.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
M.writer = {}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \luamdef{writer.new} method creates and returns a new \TeX{} writer
% object associated with the Lua interface options (see Section
% \ref{sec:luaoptions}) `options`. When `options` are unspecified, it is
% assumed that an empty table was passed to the method.
%
% The objects produced by the \luam{writer.new} method expose instance methods
% and variables of their own. As a convention, I will refer to these
% \meta{member}s as `writer->`\meta{member}.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function M.writer.new(options)
local self = {}
options = options or {}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Make the `options` table inherit from the \luam{defaultOptions} table.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
setmetatable(options, { __index = function (_, key)
return defaultOptions[key] end })
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Parse the \Opt{slice} option and define \luamdef{writer->slice\_begin}
% \luamdef{writer->slice\_end}, and \luamdef{writer->is\_writing}.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local slice_specifiers = {}
for specifier in options.slice:gmatch("[^%s]+") do
table.insert(slice_specifiers, specifier)
end
if #slice_specifiers == 2 then
self.slice_begin, self.slice_end = table.unpack(slice_specifiers)
local slice_begin_type = self.slice_begin:sub(1, 1)
if slice_begin_type ~= "^" and slice_begin_type ~= "$" then
self.slice_begin = "^" .. self.slice_begin
end
local slice_end_type = self.slice_end:sub(1, 1)
if slice_end_type ~= "^" and slice_end_type ~= "$" then
self.slice_end = "$" .. self.slice_end
end
elseif #slice_specifiers == 1 then
self.slice_begin = "^" .. slice_specifiers[1]
self.slice_end = "$" .. slice_specifiers[1]
end
if self.slice_begin == "^" and self.slice_end ~= "^" then
self.is_writing = true
else
self.is_writing = false
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->suffix} as the suffix of the produced cache files.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
self.suffix = ".tex"
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->space} as the output format of a space character.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
self.space = " "
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->nbsp} as the output format of a non-breaking space
% character.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
self.nbsp = "\\markdownRendererNbsp{}"
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->plain} as a function that will transform an input
% plain text block `s` to the output format.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.plain(s)
return s
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->paragraph} as a function that will transform an
% input paragraph `s` to the output format.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.paragraph(s)
if not self.is_writing then return "" end
return s
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->pack} as a function that will take the filename
% `name` of the output file prepared by the reader and transform it to the
% output format.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.pack(name)
return [[\input ]] .. name .. [[\relax{}]]
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->interblocksep} as the output format of a block
% element separator.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.interblocksep()
if not self.is_writing then return "" end
return "\\markdownRendererInterblockSeparator\n{}"
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->eof} as the end of file marker in the output format.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
self.eof = [[\relax]]
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->linebreak} as the output format of a forced line break.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
self.linebreak = "\\markdownRendererLineBreak\n{}"
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->ellipsis} as the output format of an ellipsis.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
self.ellipsis = "\\markdownRendererEllipsis{}"
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->hrule} as the output format of a horizontal rule.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.hrule()
if not self.is_writing then return "" end
return "\\markdownRendererHorizontalRule{}"
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define a table \luamdef{escaped_chars} containing the mapping from special
% plain \TeX{} characters (including the active pipe character (`|`) of
% \Hologo{ConTeXt}) to their escaped variants. Define tables
% \luamdef{escaped_minimal_chars} and \luamdef{escaped_minimal_strings}
% containing the mapping from special plain characters and character strings
% that need to be escaped even in content that will not be typeset.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local escaped_chars = {
["{"] = "\\markdownRendererLeftBrace{}",
["}"] = "\\markdownRendererRightBrace{}",
["$"] = "\\markdownRendererDollarSign{}",
["%"] = "\\markdownRendererPercentSign{}",
["&"] = "\\markdownRendererAmpersand{}",
["_"] = "\\markdownRendererUnderscore{}",
["#"] = "\\markdownRendererHash{}",
["^"] = "\\markdownRendererCircumflex{}",
["\\"] = "\\markdownRendererBackslash{}",
["~"] = "\\markdownRendererTilde{}",
["|"] = "\\markdownRendererPipe{}",
}
local escaped_uri_chars = {
["{"] = "\\markdownRendererLeftBrace{}",
["}"] = "\\markdownRendererRightBrace{}",
["%"] = "\\markdownRendererPercentSign{}",
["\\"] = "\\markdownRendererBackslash{}",
}
local escaped_citation_chars = {
["{"] = "\\markdownRendererLeftBrace{}",
["}"] = "\\markdownRendererRightBrace{}",
["%"] = "\\markdownRendererPercentSign{}",
["#"] = "\\markdownRendererHash{}",
["\\"] = "\\markdownRendererBackslash{}",
}
local escaped_minimal_strings = {
["^^"] = "\\markdownRendererCircumflex\\markdownRendererCircumflex ",
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Use the \luam{escaped_chars} table to create an escaper function
% \luamdef{escape} and the \luam{escaped_minimal_chars} and
% \luam{escaped_minimal_strings} tables to create an escaper function
% \luamdef{escape_minimal}.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local escape = util.escaper(escaped_chars)
local escape_citation = util.escaper(escaped_citation_chars,
escaped_minimal_strings)
local escape_uri = util.escaper(escaped_uri_chars, escaped_minimal_strings)
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->string} as a function that will transform an input
% plain text span `s` to the output format and \luamdef{writer->uri} as a
% function that will transform an input \acro{uri} `u` to the output format.
% If the \Opt{hybrid} option is `true`, use identity functions. Otherwise,
% use the \luam{escape} and \luam{escape_minimal} functions.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
if options.hybrid then
self.string = function(s) return s end
self.citation = function(c) return c end
self.uri = function(u) return u end
else
self.string = escape
self.citation = escape_citation
self.uri = escape_uri
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->code} as a function that will transform an input
% inlined code span `s` to the output format.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.code(s)
return {"\\markdownRendererCodeSpan{",escape(s),"}"}
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->link} as a function that will transform an input
% hyperlink to the output format, where `lab` corresponds to the label,
% `src` to \acro{uri}, and `tit` to the title of the link.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.link(lab,src,tit)
return {"\\markdownRendererLink{",lab,"}",
"{",self.string(src),"}",
"{",self.uri(src),"}",
"{",self.string(tit or ""),"}"}
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->image} as a function that will transform an input
% image to the output format, where `lab` corresponds to the label, `src`
% to the \acro{url}, and `tit` to the title of the image.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.image(lab,src,tit)
return {"\\markdownRendererImage{",lab,"}",
"{",self.string(src),"}",
"{",self.uri(src),"}",
"{",self.string(tit or ""),"}"}
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \luamdef{languages_json} table maps programming language filename
% extensions to fence infostrings. All \luam{options.contentBlocksLanguageMap}
% files located by \pkg{kpathsea} are loaded into a chain of tables.
% \luam{languages_json} corresponds to the first table and is chained with
% the rest via Lua metatables.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local languages_json = (function()
local kpse = require("kpse")
kpse.set_program_name("luatex")
local base, prev, curr
for _, file in ipairs{kpse.lookup(options.contentBlocksLanguageMap,
{ all=true })} do
json = io.open(file, "r"):read("*all")
:gsub('("[^\n]-"):','[%1]=')
curr = (function()
local _ENV={ json=json, load=load } -- run in sandbox
return load("return "..json)()
end)()
if type(curr) == "table" then
if base == nil then
base = curr
else
setmetatable(prev, { __index = curr })
end
prev = curr
end
end
return base or {}
end)()
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->contentblock} as a function that will transform an
% input iA\,Writer content block to the output format, where `src`
% corresponds to the \acro{uri} prefix, `suf` to the \acro{uri} extension,
% `type` to the type of the content block (`localfile` or `onlineimage`),
% and `tit` to the title of the content block.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.contentblock(src,suf,type,tit)
if not self.is_writing then return "" end
src = src.."."..suf
suf = suf:lower()
if type == "onlineimage" then
return {"\\markdownRendererContentBlockOnlineImage{",suf,"}",
"{",self.string(src),"}",
"{",self.uri(src),"}",
"{",self.string(tit or ""),"}"}
elseif languages_json[suf] then
return {"\\markdownRendererContentBlockCode{",suf,"}",
"{",self.string(languages_json[suf]),"}",
"{",self.string(src),"}",
"{",self.uri(src),"}",
"{",self.string(tit or ""),"}"}
else
return {"\\markdownRendererContentBlock{",suf,"}",
"{",self.string(src),"}",
"{",self.uri(src),"}",
"{",self.string(tit or ""),"}"}
end
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->bulletlist} as a function that will transform an input
% bulleted list to the output format, where `items` is an array of the list
% items and `tight` specifies, whether the list is tight or not.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local function ulitem(s)
return {"\\markdownRendererUlItem ",s,
"\\markdownRendererUlItemEnd "}
end
function self.bulletlist(items,tight)
if not self.is_writing then return "" end
local buffer = {}
for _,item in ipairs(items) do
buffer[#buffer + 1] = ulitem(item)
end
local contents = util.intersperse(buffer,"\n")
if tight and options.tightLists then
return {"\\markdownRendererUlBeginTight\n",contents,
"\n\\markdownRendererUlEndTight "}
else
return {"\\markdownRendererUlBegin\n",contents,
"\n\\markdownRendererUlEnd "}
end
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->ollist} as a function that will transform an input
% ordered list to the output format, where `items` is an array of the list
% items and `tight` specifies, whether the list is tight or not. If the
% optional parameter `startnum` is present, it should be used as the number
% of the first list item.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local function olitem(s,num)
if num ~= nil then
return {"\\markdownRendererOlItemWithNumber{",num,"}",s,
"\\markdownRendererOlItemEnd "}
else
return {"\\markdownRendererOlItem ",s,
"\\markdownRendererOlItemEnd "}
end
end
function self.orderedlist(items,tight,startnum)
if not self.is_writing then return "" end
local buffer = {}
local num = startnum
for _,item in ipairs(items) do
buffer[#buffer + 1] = olitem(item,num)
if num ~= nil then
num = num + 1
end
end
local contents = util.intersperse(buffer,"\n")
if tight and options.tightLists then
return {"\\markdownRendererOlBeginTight\n",contents,
"\n\\markdownRendererOlEndTight "}
else
return {"\\markdownRendererOlBegin\n",contents,
"\n\\markdownRendererOlEnd "}
end
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->inline_html} and \luamdef{writer->display_html}
% as functions that will transform an inline or block \textsc{html} element
% respectively to the output format, where `html` is the \textsc{html}
% input.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.inline_html(html) return "" end
function self.display_html(html) return "" end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->definitionlist} as a function that will transform an
% input definition list to the output format, where `items` is an array of
% tables, each of the form `{ term = t, definitions = defs }`, where `t`
% is a term and `defs` is an array of definitions. `tight` specifies,
% whether the list is tight or not.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local function dlitem(term, defs)
local retVal = {"\\markdownRendererDlItem{",term,"}"}
for _, def in ipairs(defs) do
retVal[#retVal+1] = {"\\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBegin ",def,
"\\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEnd "}
end
retVal[#retVal+1] = "\\markdownRendererDlItemEnd "
return retVal
end
function self.definitionlist(items,tight)
if not self.is_writing then return "" end
local buffer = {}
for _,item in ipairs(items) do
buffer[#buffer + 1] = dlitem(item.term, item.definitions)
end
if tight and options.tightLists then
return {"\\markdownRendererDlBeginTight\n", buffer,
"\n\\markdownRendererDlEndTight"}
else
return {"\\markdownRendererDlBegin\n", buffer,
"\n\\markdownRendererDlEnd"}
end
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->emphasis} as a function that will transform an
% emphasized span `s` of input text to the output format.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.emphasis(s)
return {"\\markdownRendererEmphasis{",s,"}"}
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->strong} as a function that will transform a strongly
% emphasized span `s` of input text to the output format.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.strong(s)
return {"\\markdownRendererStrongEmphasis{",s,"}"}
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->blockquote} as a function that will transform an
% input block quote `s` to the output format.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.blockquote(s)
if #util.rope_to_string(s) == 0 then return "" end
return {"\\markdownRendererBlockQuoteBegin\n",s,
"\n\\markdownRendererBlockQuoteEnd "}
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->verbatim} as a function that will transform an
% input code block `s` to the output format.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.verbatim(s)
if not self.is_writing then return "" end
local name = util.cache(options.cacheDir, s, nil, nil, ".verbatim")
return {"\\markdownRendererInputVerbatim{",name,"}"}
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->codeFence} as a function that will transform an
% input fenced code block `s` with the infostring `i` to the output
% format.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.fencedCode(i, s)
if not self.is_writing then return "" end
local name = util.cache(options.cacheDir, s, nil, nil, ".verbatim")
return {"\\markdownRendererInputFencedCode{",name,"}{",i,"}"}
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->active_headings} as a stack of identifiers
% of the headings that are currently active.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
self.active_headings = {}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->heading} as a function that will transform an
% input heading `s` at level `level` with identifiers `identifiers` to the
% output format.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.heading(s,level,attributes)
local active_headings = self.active_headings
local slice_begin_type = self.slice_begin:sub(1, 1)
local slice_begin_identifier = self.slice_begin:sub(2) or ""
local slice_end_type = self.slice_end:sub(1, 1)
local slice_end_identifier = self.slice_end:sub(2) or ""
while #active_headings < level do
-- push empty identifiers for implied sections
table.insert(active_headings, {})
end
while #active_headings >= level do
-- pop identifiers for sections that have ended
local active_identifiers = active_headings[#active_headings]
if active_identifiers[slice_begin_identifier] ~= nil
and slice_begin_type == "$" then
self.is_writing = true
end
if active_identifiers[slice_end_identifier] ~= nil
and slice_end_type == "$" then
self.is_writing = false
end
table.remove(active_headings, #active_headings)
end
-- push identifiers for the new section
attributes = attributes or {}
local identifiers = {}
for index = 1, #attributes do
attribute = attributes[index]
identifiers[attribute:sub(2)] = true
end
if identifiers[slice_begin_identifier] ~= nil
and slice_begin_type == "^" then
self.is_writing = true
end
if identifiers[slice_end_identifier] ~= nil
and slice_end_type == "^" then
self.is_writing = false
end
table.insert(active_headings, identifiers)
if not self.is_writing then return "" end
local cmd
if level == 1 then
cmd = "\\markdownRendererHeadingOne"
elseif level == 2 then
cmd = "\\markdownRendererHeadingTwo"
elseif level == 3 then
cmd = "\\markdownRendererHeadingThree"
elseif level == 4 then
cmd = "\\markdownRendererHeadingFour"
elseif level == 5 then
cmd = "\\markdownRendererHeadingFive"
elseif level == 6 then
cmd = "\\markdownRendererHeadingSix"
else
cmd = ""
end
return {cmd,"{",s,"}"}
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->note} as a function that will transform an
% input footnote `s` to the output format.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.note(s)
return {"\\markdownRendererFootnote{",s,"}"}
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{writer->citations} as a function that will transform an
% input array of citations `cites` to the output format. If `text_cites`
% is `true`, the citations should be rendered in-text, when applicable.
% The `cites` array contains tables with the following keys and values:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item`suppress_author` -- If the value of the key is true, then the
% author of the work should be omitted in the citation, when applicable.
% \item`prenote` -- The value of the key is either `nil` or a rope
% that should be inserted before the citation.
% \item`postnote` -- The value of the key is either `nil` or a rope
% that should be inserted after the citation.
% \item`name` -- The value of this key is the citation name.
% \end{itemize}
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.citations(text_cites, cites)
local buffer = {"\\markdownRenderer", text_cites and "TextCite" or "Cite",
"{", #cites, "}"}
for _,cite in ipairs(cites) do
buffer[#buffer+1] = {cite.suppress_author and "-" or "+", "{",
cite.prenote or "", "}{", cite.postnote or "", "}{", cite.name, "}"}
end
return buffer
end
return self
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Parsers
% The \luamdef{parsers} hash table stores \acro{peg} patterns that are
% static and can be reused between different \luam{reader} objects.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local parsers = {}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Basic Parsers
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
parsers.percent = P("%")
parsers.at = P("@")
parsers.comma = P(",")
parsers.asterisk = P("*")
parsers.dash = P("-")
parsers.plus = P("+")
parsers.underscore = P("_")
parsers.period = P(".")
parsers.hash = P("#")
parsers.ampersand = P("&")
parsers.backtick = P("`")
parsers.less = P("<")
parsers.more = P(">")
parsers.space = P(" ")
parsers.squote = P("'")
parsers.dquote = P('"')
parsers.lparent = P("(")
parsers.rparent = P(")")
parsers.lbracket = P("[")
parsers.rbracket = P("]")
parsers.lbrace = P("{")
parsers.rbrace = P("}")
parsers.circumflex = P("^")
parsers.slash = P("/")
parsers.equal = P("=")
parsers.colon = P(":")
parsers.semicolon = P(";")
parsers.exclamation = P("!")
parsers.tilde = P("~")
parsers.tab = P("\t")
parsers.newline = P("\n")
parsers.tightblocksep = P("\001")
parsers.digit = R("09")
parsers.hexdigit = R("09","af","AF")
parsers.letter = R("AZ","az")
parsers.alphanumeric = R("AZ","az","09")
parsers.keyword = parsers.letter
* parsers.alphanumeric^0
parsers.citation_chars = parsers.alphanumeric
+ S("#$%&-+<>~/_")
parsers.internal_punctuation = S(":;,.?")
parsers.doubleasterisks = P("**")
parsers.doubleunderscores = P("__")
parsers.fourspaces = P(" ")
parsers.any = P(1)
parsers.fail = parsers.any - 1
parsers.escapable = S("\\`*_{}[]()+_.!<>#-~:^@;")
parsers.anyescaped = P("\\") / "" * parsers.escapable
+ parsers.any
parsers.spacechar = S("\t ")
parsers.spacing = S(" \n\r\t")
parsers.nonspacechar = parsers.any - parsers.spacing
parsers.optionalspace = parsers.spacechar^0
parsers.specialchar = S("*_`&[]= #b and i
end
parsers.infostring = (parsers.linechar - (parsers.backtick
+ parsers.space^1 * (parsers.newline + parsers.eof)))^0
local fenceindent
parsers.fencehead = function(char)
return C(parsers.nonindentspace) / function(s) fenceindent = #s end
* Cg(char^3, "fencelength")
* parsers.optionalspace * C(parsers.infostring)
* parsers.optionalspace * (parsers.newline + parsers.eof)
end
parsers.fencetail = function(char)
return parsers.nonindentspace
* Cmt(C(char^3) * Cb("fencelength"), captures_geq_length)
* parsers.optionalspace * (parsers.newline + parsers.eof)
+ parsers.eof
end
parsers.fencedline = function(char)
return C(parsers.line - parsers.fencetail(char))
/ function(s)
i = 1
remaining = fenceindent
while true do
c = s:sub(i, i)
if c == " " and remaining > 0 then
remaining = remaining - 1
i = i + 1
elseif c == "\t" and remaining > 3 then
remaining = remaining - 4
i = i + 1
else
break
end
end
return s:sub(i)
end
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Parsers Used for Markdown Tags and Links
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
parsers.leader = parsers.space^-3
-- content in balanced brackets, parentheses, or quotes:
parsers.bracketed = P{ parsers.lbracket
* ((parsers.anyescaped - (parsers.lbracket
+ parsers.rbracket
+ parsers.blankline^2)
) + V(1))^0
* parsers.rbracket }
parsers.inparens = P{ parsers.lparent
* ((parsers.anyescaped - (parsers.lparent
+ parsers.rparent
+ parsers.blankline^2)
) + V(1))^0
* parsers.rparent }
parsers.squoted = P{ parsers.squote * parsers.alphanumeric
* ((parsers.anyescaped - (parsers.squote
+ parsers.blankline^2)
) + V(1))^0
* parsers.squote }
parsers.dquoted = P{ parsers.dquote * parsers.alphanumeric
* ((parsers.anyescaped - (parsers.dquote
+ parsers.blankline^2)
) + V(1))^0
* parsers.dquote }
-- bracketed tag for markdown links, allowing nested brackets:
parsers.tag = parsers.lbracket
* Cs((parsers.alphanumeric^1
+ parsers.bracketed
+ parsers.inticks
+ (parsers.anyescaped
- (parsers.rbracket + parsers.blankline^2)))^0)
* parsers.rbracket
-- url for markdown links, allowing nested brackets:
parsers.url = parsers.less * Cs((parsers.anyescaped
- parsers.more)^0)
* parsers.more
+ Cs((parsers.inparens + (parsers.anyescaped
- parsers.spacing
- parsers.rparent))^1)
-- quoted text, possibly with nested quotes:
parsers.title_s = parsers.squote * Cs(((parsers.anyescaped-parsers.squote)
+ parsers.squoted)^0)
* parsers.squote
parsers.title_d = parsers.dquote * Cs(((parsers.anyescaped-parsers.dquote)
+ parsers.dquoted)^0)
* parsers.dquote
parsers.title_p = parsers.lparent
* Cs((parsers.inparens + (parsers.anyescaped-parsers.rparent))^0)
* parsers.rparent
parsers.title = parsers.title_d + parsers.title_s + parsers.title_p
parsers.optionaltitle
= parsers.spnl * parsers.title * parsers.spacechar^0
+ Cc("")
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Parsers Used for iA\,Writer Content Blocks
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
parsers.contentblock_tail
= parsers.optionaltitle
* (parsers.newline + parsers.eof)
-- case insensitive online image suffix:
parsers.onlineimagesuffix
= (function(...)
local parser = nil
for _,suffix in ipairs({...}) do
local pattern=nil
for i=1,#suffix do
local char=suffix:sub(i,i)
char = S(char:lower()..char:upper())
if pattern == nil then
pattern = char
else
pattern = pattern * char
end
end
if parser == nil then
parser = pattern
else
parser = parser + pattern
end
end
return parser
end)("png", "jpg", "jpeg", "gif", "tif", "tiff")
-- online image url for iA Writer content blocks with mandatory suffix,
-- allowing nested brackets:
parsers.onlineimageurl
= (parsers.less
* Cs((parsers.anyescaped
- parsers.more
- #(parsers.period
* parsers.onlineimagesuffix
* parsers.more
* parsers.contentblock_tail))^0)
* parsers.period
* Cs(parsers.onlineimagesuffix)
* parsers.more
+ (Cs((parsers.inparens
+ (parsers.anyescaped
- parsers.spacing
- parsers.rparent
- #(parsers.period
* parsers.onlineimagesuffix
* parsers.contentblock_tail)))^0)
* parsers.period
* Cs(parsers.onlineimagesuffix))
) * Cc("onlineimage")
-- filename for iA Writer content blocks with mandatory suffix:
parsers.localfilepath
= parsers.slash
* Cs((parsers.anyescaped
- parsers.tab
- parsers.newline
- #(parsers.period
* parsers.alphanumeric^1
* parsers.contentblock_tail))^1)
* parsers.period
* Cs(parsers.alphanumeric^1)
* Cc("localfile")
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Parsers Used for Citations
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
parsers.citation_name = Cs(parsers.dash^-1) * parsers.at
* Cs(parsers.citation_chars
* (((parsers.citation_chars + parsers.internal_punctuation
- parsers.comma - parsers.semicolon)
* -#((parsers.internal_punctuation - parsers.comma
- parsers.semicolon)^0
* -(parsers.citation_chars + parsers.internal_punctuation
- parsers.comma - parsers.semicolon)))^0
* parsers.citation_chars)^-1)
parsers.citation_body_prenote
= Cs((parsers.alphanumeric^1
+ parsers.bracketed
+ parsers.inticks
+ (parsers.anyescaped
- (parsers.rbracket + parsers.blankline^2))
- (parsers.spnl * parsers.dash^-1 * parsers.at))^0)
parsers.citation_body_postnote
= Cs((parsers.alphanumeric^1
+ parsers.bracketed
+ parsers.inticks
+ (parsers.anyescaped
- (parsers.rbracket + parsers.semicolon
+ parsers.blankline^2))
- (parsers.spnl * parsers.rbracket))^0)
parsers.citation_body_chunk
= parsers.citation_body_prenote
* parsers.spnl * parsers.citation_name
* (parsers.internal_punctuation - parsers.semicolon)^-1
* parsers.spnl * parsers.citation_body_postnote
parsers.citation_body
= parsers.citation_body_chunk
* (parsers.semicolon * parsers.spnl
* parsers.citation_body_chunk)^0
parsers.citation_headless_body_postnote
= Cs((parsers.alphanumeric^1
+ parsers.bracketed
+ parsers.inticks
+ (parsers.anyescaped
- (parsers.rbracket + parsers.at
+ parsers.semicolon + parsers.blankline^2))
- (parsers.spnl * parsers.rbracket))^0)
parsers.citation_headless_body
= parsers.citation_headless_body_postnote
* (parsers.sp * parsers.semicolon * parsers.spnl
* parsers.citation_body_chunk)^0
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Parsers Used for Footnotes
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local function strip_first_char(s)
return s:sub(2)
end
parsers.RawNoteRef = #(parsers.lbracket * parsers.circumflex)
* parsers.tag / strip_first_char
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Parsers Used for \textsc{html}
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
-- case-insensitive match (we assume s is lowercase). must be single byte encoding
parsers.keyword_exact = function(s)
local parser = P(0)
for i=1,#s do
local c = s:sub(i,i)
local m = c .. upper(c)
parser = parser * S(m)
end
return parser
end
parsers.block_keyword =
parsers.keyword_exact("address") + parsers.keyword_exact("blockquote") +
parsers.keyword_exact("center") + parsers.keyword_exact("del") +
parsers.keyword_exact("dir") + parsers.keyword_exact("div") +
parsers.keyword_exact("p") + parsers.keyword_exact("pre") +
parsers.keyword_exact("li") + parsers.keyword_exact("ol") +
parsers.keyword_exact("ul") + parsers.keyword_exact("dl") +
parsers.keyword_exact("dd") + parsers.keyword_exact("form") +
parsers.keyword_exact("fieldset") + parsers.keyword_exact("isindex") +
parsers.keyword_exact("ins") + parsers.keyword_exact("menu") +
parsers.keyword_exact("noframes") + parsers.keyword_exact("frameset") +
parsers.keyword_exact("h1") + parsers.keyword_exact("h2") +
parsers.keyword_exact("h3") + parsers.keyword_exact("h4") +
parsers.keyword_exact("h5") + parsers.keyword_exact("h6") +
parsers.keyword_exact("hr") + parsers.keyword_exact("script") +
parsers.keyword_exact("noscript") + parsers.keyword_exact("table") +
parsers.keyword_exact("tbody") + parsers.keyword_exact("tfoot") +
parsers.keyword_exact("thead") + parsers.keyword_exact("th") +
parsers.keyword_exact("td") + parsers.keyword_exact("tr")
-- There is no reason to support bad html, so we expect quoted attributes
parsers.htmlattributevalue
= parsers.squote * (parsers.any - (parsers.blankline
+ parsers.squote))^0
* parsers.squote
+ parsers.dquote * (parsers.any - (parsers.blankline
+ parsers.dquote))^0
* parsers.dquote
parsers.htmlattribute = parsers.spacing^1
* (parsers.alphanumeric + S("_-"))^1
* parsers.sp * parsers.equal * parsers.sp
* parsers.htmlattributevalue
parsers.htmlcomment = P(""))^0 * P("-->")
parsers.htmlinstruction = P("" ))^0 * P("?>" )
parsers.openelt_any = parsers.less * parsers.keyword * parsers.htmlattribute^0
* parsers.sp * parsers.more
parsers.openelt_exact = function(s)
return parsers.less * parsers.sp * parsers.keyword_exact(s)
* parsers.htmlattribute^0 * parsers.sp * parsers.more
end
parsers.openelt_block = parsers.sp * parsers.block_keyword
* parsers.htmlattribute^0 * parsers.sp * parsers.more
parsers.closeelt_any = parsers.less * parsers.sp * parsers.slash
* parsers.keyword * parsers.sp * parsers.more
parsers.closeelt_exact = function(s)
return parsers.less * parsers.sp * parsers.slash * parsers.keyword_exact(s)
* parsers.sp * parsers.more
end
parsers.emptyelt_any = parsers.less * parsers.sp * parsers.keyword
* parsers.htmlattribute^0 * parsers.sp * parsers.slash
* parsers.more
parsers.emptyelt_block = parsers.less * parsers.sp * parsers.block_keyword
* parsers.htmlattribute^0 * parsers.sp * parsers.slash
* parsers.more
parsers.displaytext = (parsers.any - parsers.less)^1
-- return content between two matched HTML tags
parsers.in_matched = function(s)
return { parsers.openelt_exact(s)
* (V(1) + parsers.displaytext
+ (parsers.less - parsers.closeelt_exact(s)))^0
* parsers.closeelt_exact(s) }
end
local function parse_matched_tags(s,pos)
local t = string.lower(lpeg.match(C(parsers.keyword),s,pos))
return lpeg.match(parsers.in_matched(t),s,pos-1)
end
parsers.in_matched_block_tags = parsers.less
* Cmt(#parsers.openelt_block, parse_matched_tags)
parsers.displayhtml = parsers.htmlcomment
+ parsers.emptyelt_block
+ parsers.openelt_exact("hr")
+ parsers.in_matched_block_tags
+ parsers.htmlinstruction
parsers.inlinehtml = parsers.emptyelt_any
+ parsers.htmlcomment
+ parsers.htmlinstruction
+ parsers.openelt_any
+ parsers.closeelt_any
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Parsers Used for \textsc{html} Entities
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
parsers.hexentity = parsers.ampersand * parsers.hash * S("Xx")
* C(parsers.hexdigit^1) * parsers.semicolon
parsers.decentity = parsers.ampersand * parsers.hash
* C(parsers.digit^1) * parsers.semicolon
parsers.tagentity = parsers.ampersand * C(parsers.alphanumeric^1)
* parsers.semicolon
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Helpers for References
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
-- parse a reference definition: [foo]: /bar "title"
parsers.define_reference_parser = parsers.leader * parsers.tag * parsers.colon
* parsers.spacechar^0 * parsers.url
* parsers.optionaltitle * parsers.blankline^1
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Inline Elements
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
parsers.Inline = V("Inline")
-- parse many p between starter and ender
parsers.between = function(p, starter, ender)
local ender2 = B(parsers.nonspacechar) * ender
return (starter * #parsers.nonspacechar * Ct(p * (p - ender2)^0) * ender2)
end
parsers.urlchar = parsers.anyescaped - parsers.newline - parsers.more
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Block Elements
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
parsers.Block = V("Block")
parsers.OnlineImageURL
= parsers.leader
* parsers.onlineimageurl
* parsers.optionaltitle
parsers.LocalFilePath
= parsers.leader
* parsers.localfilepath
* parsers.optionaltitle
parsers.TildeFencedCode
= parsers.fencehead(parsers.tilde)
* Cs(parsers.fencedline(parsers.tilde)^0)
* parsers.fencetail(parsers.tilde)
parsers.BacktickFencedCode
= parsers.fencehead(parsers.backtick)
* Cs(parsers.fencedline(parsers.backtick)^0)
* parsers.fencetail(parsers.backtick)
parsers.lineof = function(c)
return (parsers.leader * (P(c) * parsers.optionalspace)^3
* (parsers.newline * parsers.blankline^1
+ parsers.newline^-1 * parsers.eof))
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Lists
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
parsers.defstartchar = S("~:")
parsers.defstart = ( parsers.defstartchar * #parsers.spacing
* (parsers.tab + parsers.space^-3)
+ parsers.space * parsers.defstartchar * #parsers.spacing
* (parsers.tab + parsers.space^-2)
+ parsers.space * parsers.space * parsers.defstartchar
* #parsers.spacing
* (parsers.tab + parsers.space^-1)
+ parsers.space * parsers.space * parsers.space
* parsers.defstartchar * #parsers.spacing
)
parsers.dlchunk = Cs(parsers.line * (parsers.indentedline - parsers.blankline)^0)
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Headings
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
parsers.heading_attribute = C(parsers.css_identifier)
+ C((parsers.attribute_name_char
- parsers.rbrace)^1
* parsers.equal
* (parsers.attribute_value_char
- parsers.rbrace)^1)
parsers.HeadingAttributes = parsers.lbrace
* parsers.heading_attribute
* (parsers.spacechar^1
* parsers.heading_attribute)^0
* parsers.rbrace
-- parse Atx heading start and return level
parsers.HeadingStart = #parsers.hash * C(parsers.hash^-6)
* -parsers.hash / length
-- parse setext header ending and return level
parsers.HeadingLevel = parsers.equal^1 * Cc(1) + parsers.dash^1 * Cc(2)
local function strip_atx_end(s)
return s:gsub("[#%s]*\n$","")
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Markdown Reader
% \label{sec:markdownreader}
% This section documents the \luam{reader} object, which implements the
% routines for parsing the markdown input. The object corresponds to the
% markdown reader object that was located in the
% `lunamark/reader/markdown.lua` file in the Lunamark Lua module.
%
% Although not specified in the Lua interface (see Section
% \ref{sec:luainterface}), the \luam{reader} object is exported, so that the
% curious user could easily tinker with the methods of the objects produced by
% the \luam{reader.new} method described below. The user should be aware,
% however, that the implementation may change in a future revision.
%
% The \luamdef{reader.new} method creates and returns a new \TeX{} reader
% object associated with the Lua interface options (see Section
% \ref{sec:luaoptions}) `options` and with a writer object `writer`. When
% `options` are unspecified, it is assumed that an empty table was passed to
% the method.
%
% The objects produced by the \luam{reader.new} method expose instance methods
% and variables of their own. As a convention, I will refer to these
% \meta{member}s as `reader->`\meta{member}.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
M.reader = {}
function M.reader.new(writer, options)
local self = {}
options = options or {}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Make the `options` table inherit from the \luam{defaultOptions} table.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
setmetatable(options, { __index = function (_, key)
return defaultOptions[key] end })
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Top-Level Helper Functions
% Define \luamdef{normalize_tag} as a function that normalizes a markdown
% reference tag by lowercasing it, and by collapsing any adjacent whitespace
% characters.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local function normalize_tag(tag)
return unicode.utf8.lower(
gsub(util.rope_to_string(tag), "[ \n\r\t]+", " "))
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Define \luamdef{expandtabs} either as an identity function, when the
% \Opt{preserveTabs} Lua inrerface option is `true`, or to a function that
% expands tabs into spaces otherwise.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local expandtabs
if options.preserveTabs then
expandtabs = function(s) return s end
else
expandtabs = function(s)
if s:find("\t") then
return s:gsub("[^\n]*", util.expand_tabs_in_line)
else
return s
end
end
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \luamdef{larsers} (as in ``local \luam{parsers}'') hash table stores
% \acro{peg} patterns that depend on the received `options`, which impedes
% their reuse between different \luam{reader} objects.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local larsers = {}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Top-Level Parser Functions
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local function create_parser(name, grammar)
return function(str)
local res = lpeg.match(grammar(), str)
if res == nil then
error(format("%s failed on:\n%s", name, str:sub(1,20)))
else
return res
end
end
end
local parse_blocks
= create_parser("parse_blocks",
function()
return larsers.blocks
end)
local parse_blocks_toplevel
= create_parser("parse_blocks_toplevel",
function()
return larsers.blocks_toplevel
end)
local parse_inlines
= create_parser("parse_inlines",
function()
return larsers.inlines
end)
local parse_inlines_no_link
= create_parser("parse_inlines_no_link",
function()
return larsers.inlines_no_link
end)
local parse_inlines_no_inline_note
= create_parser("parse_inlines_no_inline_note",
function()
return larsers.inlines_no_inline_note
end)
local parse_inlines_nbsp
= create_parser("parse_inlines_nbsp",
function()
return larsers.inlines_nbsp
end)
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Parsers Used for Markdown Lists (local)
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
if options.hashEnumerators then
larsers.dig = parsers.digit + parsers.hash
else
larsers.dig = parsers.digit
end
larsers.enumerator = C(larsers.dig^3 * parsers.period) * #parsers.spacing
+ C(larsers.dig^2 * parsers.period) * #parsers.spacing
* (parsers.tab + parsers.space^1)
+ C(larsers.dig * parsers.period) * #parsers.spacing
* (parsers.tab + parsers.space^-2)
+ parsers.space * C(larsers.dig^2 * parsers.period)
* #parsers.spacing
+ parsers.space * C(larsers.dig * parsers.period)
* #parsers.spacing
* (parsers.tab + parsers.space^-1)
+ parsers.space * parsers.space * C(larsers.dig^1
* parsers.period) * #parsers.spacing
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Parsers Used for Blockquotes (local)
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
-- strip off leading > and indents, and run through blocks
larsers.blockquote_body = ((parsers.leader * parsers.more * parsers.space^-1)/""
* parsers.linechar^0 * parsers.newline)^1
* (-(parsers.leader * parsers.more
+ parsers.blankline) * parsers.linechar^1
* parsers.newline)^0
if not options.breakableBlockquotes then
larsers.blockquote_body = larsers.blockquote_body
* (parsers.blankline^0 / "")
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Parsers Used for Citations (local)
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
larsers.citations = function(text_cites, raw_cites)
local function normalize(str)
if str == "" then
str = nil
else
str = (options.citationNbsps and parse_inlines_nbsp or
parse_inlines)(str)
end
return str
end
local cites = {}
for i = 1,#raw_cites,4 do
cites[#cites+1] = {
prenote = normalize(raw_cites[i]),
suppress_author = raw_cites[i+1] == "-",
name = writer.citation(raw_cites[i+2]),
postnote = normalize(raw_cites[i+3]),
}
end
return writer.citations(text_cites, cites)
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Parsers Used for Footnotes (local)
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local rawnotes = {}
-- like indirect_link
local function lookup_note(ref)
return function()
local found = rawnotes[normalize_tag(ref)]
if found then
return writer.note(parse_blocks_toplevel(found))
else
return {"[", parse_inlines("^" .. ref), "]"}
end
end
end
local function register_note(ref,rawnote)
rawnotes[normalize_tag(ref)] = rawnote
return ""
end
larsers.NoteRef = parsers.RawNoteRef / lookup_note
larsers.NoteBlock = parsers.leader * parsers.RawNoteRef * parsers.colon
* parsers.spnl * parsers.indented_blocks(parsers.chunk)
/ register_note
larsers.InlineNote = parsers.circumflex
* (parsers.tag / parse_inlines_no_inline_note) -- no notes inside notes
/ writer.note
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Helpers for Links and References (local)
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
-- List of references defined in the document
local references
-- add a reference to the list
local function register_link(tag,url,title)
references[normalize_tag(tag)] = { url = url, title = title }
return ""
end
-- lookup link reference and return either
-- the link or nil and fallback text.
local function lookup_reference(label,sps,tag)
local tagpart
if not tag then
tag = label
tagpart = ""
elseif tag == "" then
tag = label
tagpart = "[]"
else
tagpart = {"[", parse_inlines(tag), "]"}
end
if sps then
tagpart = {sps, tagpart}
end
local r = references[normalize_tag(tag)]
if r then
return r
else
return nil, {"[", parse_inlines(label), "]", tagpart}
end
end
-- lookup link reference and return a link, if the reference is found,
-- or a bracketed label otherwise.
local function indirect_link(label,sps,tag)
return function()
local r,fallback = lookup_reference(label,sps,tag)
if r then
return writer.link(parse_inlines_no_link(label), r.url, r.title)
else
return fallback
end
end
end
-- lookup image reference and return an image, if the reference is found,
-- or a bracketed label otherwise.
local function indirect_image(label,sps,tag)
return function()
local r,fallback = lookup_reference(label,sps,tag)
if r then
return writer.image(writer.string(label), r.url, r.title)
else
return {"!", fallback}
end
end
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Inline Elements (local)
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
larsers.Str = parsers.normalchar^1 / writer.string
larsers.Symbol = (parsers.specialchar - parsers.tightblocksep)
/ writer.string
larsers.Ellipsis = P("...") / writer.ellipsis
larsers.Smart = larsers.Ellipsis
larsers.Code = parsers.inticks / writer.code
if options.blankBeforeBlockquote then
larsers.bqstart = parsers.fail
else
larsers.bqstart = parsers.more
end
if options.blankBeforeHeading then
larsers.headerstart = parsers.fail
else
larsers.headerstart = parsers.hash
+ (parsers.line * (parsers.equal^1 + parsers.dash^1)
* parsers.optionalspace * parsers.newline)
end
if not options.fencedCode or options.blankBeforeCodeFence then
larsers.fencestart = parsers.fail
else
larsers.fencestart = parsers.fencehead(parsers.backtick)
+ parsers.fencehead(parsers.tilde)
end
larsers.Endline = parsers.newline * -( -- newline, but not before...
parsers.blankline -- paragraph break
+ parsers.tightblocksep -- nested list
+ parsers.eof -- end of document
+ larsers.bqstart
+ larsers.headerstart
+ larsers.fencestart
) * parsers.spacechar^0 / writer.space
larsers.Space = parsers.spacechar^2 * larsers.Endline / writer.linebreak
+ parsers.spacechar^1 * larsers.Endline^-1 * parsers.eof / ""
+ parsers.spacechar^1 * larsers.Endline^-1
* parsers.optionalspace / writer.space
larsers.NonbreakingEndline
= parsers.newline * -( -- newline, but not before...
parsers.blankline -- paragraph break
+ parsers.tightblocksep -- nested list
+ parsers.eof -- end of document
+ larsers.bqstart
+ larsers.headerstart
+ larsers.fencestart
) * parsers.spacechar^0 / writer.nbsp
larsers.NonbreakingSpace
= parsers.spacechar^2 * larsers.Endline / writer.linebreak
+ parsers.spacechar^1 * larsers.Endline^-1 * parsers.eof / ""
+ parsers.spacechar^1 * larsers.Endline^-1
* parsers.optionalspace / writer.nbsp
if options.underscores then
larsers.Strong = ( parsers.between(parsers.Inline, parsers.doubleasterisks,
parsers.doubleasterisks)
+ parsers.between(parsers.Inline, parsers.doubleunderscores,
parsers.doubleunderscores)
) / writer.strong
larsers.Emph = ( parsers.between(parsers.Inline, parsers.asterisk,
parsers.asterisk)
+ parsers.between(parsers.Inline, parsers.underscore,
parsers.underscore)
) / writer.emphasis
else
larsers.Strong = ( parsers.between(parsers.Inline, parsers.doubleasterisks,
parsers.doubleasterisks)
) / writer.strong
larsers.Emph = ( parsers.between(parsers.Inline, parsers.asterisk,
parsers.asterisk)
) / writer.emphasis
end
larsers.AutoLinkUrl = parsers.less
* C(parsers.alphanumeric^1 * P("://") * parsers.urlchar^1)
* parsers.more
/ function(url)
return writer.link(writer.string(url), url)
end
larsers.AutoLinkEmail = parsers.less
* C((parsers.alphanumeric + S("-._+"))^1
* P("@") * parsers.urlchar^1)
* parsers.more
/ function(email)
return writer.link(writer.string(email),
"mailto:"..email)
end
larsers.DirectLink = (parsers.tag / parse_inlines_no_link) -- no links inside links
* parsers.spnl
* parsers.lparent
* (parsers.url + Cc("")) -- link can be empty [foo]()
* parsers.optionaltitle
* parsers.rparent
/ writer.link
larsers.IndirectLink = parsers.tag * (C(parsers.spnl) * parsers.tag)^-1
/ indirect_link
-- parse a link or image (direct or indirect)
larsers.Link = larsers.DirectLink + larsers.IndirectLink
larsers.DirectImage = parsers.exclamation
* (parsers.tag / parse_inlines)
* parsers.spnl
* parsers.lparent
* (parsers.url + Cc("")) -- link can be empty [foo]()
* parsers.optionaltitle
* parsers.rparent
/ writer.image
larsers.IndirectImage = parsers.exclamation * parsers.tag
* (C(parsers.spnl) * parsers.tag)^-1 / indirect_image
larsers.Image = larsers.DirectImage + larsers.IndirectImage
larsers.TextCitations = Ct(Cc("")
* parsers.citation_name
* ((parsers.spnl
* parsers.lbracket
* parsers.citation_headless_body
* parsers.rbracket) + Cc("")))
/ function(raw_cites)
return larsers.citations(true, raw_cites)
end
larsers.ParenthesizedCitations
= Ct(parsers.lbracket
* parsers.citation_body
* parsers.rbracket)
/ function(raw_cites)
return larsers.citations(false, raw_cites)
end
larsers.Citations = larsers.TextCitations + larsers.ParenthesizedCitations
-- avoid parsing long strings of * or _ as emph/strong
larsers.UlOrStarLine = parsers.asterisk^4 + parsers.underscore^4
/ writer.string
larsers.EscapedChar = S("\\") * C(parsers.escapable) / writer.string
larsers.InlineHtml = C(parsers.inlinehtml) / writer.inline_html
larsers.HtmlEntity = parsers.hexentity / entities.hex_entity / writer.string
+ parsers.decentity / entities.dec_entity / writer.string
+ parsers.tagentity / entities.char_entity / writer.string
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Block Elements (local)
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
larsers.ContentBlock = parsers.leader
* (parsers.localfilepath + parsers.onlineimageurl)
* parsers.contentblock_tail
/ writer.contentblock
larsers.DisplayHtml = C(parsers.displayhtml)
/ expandtabs / writer.display_html
larsers.Verbatim = Cs( (parsers.blanklines
* ((parsers.indentedline - parsers.blankline))^1)^1
) / expandtabs / writer.verbatim
larsers.FencedCode = (parsers.TildeFencedCode
+ parsers.BacktickFencedCode)
/ function(infostring, code)
return writer.fencedCode(writer.string(infostring),
expandtabs(code))
end
larsers.Blockquote = Cs(larsers.blockquote_body^1)
/ parse_blocks_toplevel / writer.blockquote
larsers.HorizontalRule = ( parsers.lineof(parsers.asterisk)
+ parsers.lineof(parsers.dash)
+ parsers.lineof(parsers.underscore)
) / writer.hrule
larsers.Reference = parsers.define_reference_parser / register_link
larsers.Paragraph = parsers.nonindentspace * Ct(parsers.Inline^1)
* parsers.newline
* ( parsers.blankline^1
+ #parsers.hash
+ #(parsers.leader * parsers.more * parsers.space^-1)
)
/ writer.paragraph
larsers.ToplevelParagraph
= parsers.nonindentspace * Ct(parsers.Inline^1)
* ( parsers.newline
* ( parsers.blankline^1
+ #parsers.hash
+ #(parsers.leader * parsers.more * parsers.space^-1)
+ parsers.eof
)
+ parsers.eof )
/ writer.paragraph
larsers.Plain = parsers.nonindentspace * Ct(parsers.Inline^1)
/ writer.plain
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Lists (local)
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
larsers.starter = parsers.bullet + larsers.enumerator
-- we use \001 as a separator between a tight list item and a
-- nested list under it.
larsers.NestedList = Cs((parsers.optionallyindentedline
- larsers.starter)^1)
/ function(a) return "\001"..a end
larsers.ListBlockLine = parsers.optionallyindentedline
- parsers.blankline - (parsers.indent^-1
* larsers.starter)
larsers.ListBlock = parsers.line * larsers.ListBlockLine^0
larsers.ListContinuationBlock = parsers.blanklines * (parsers.indent / "")
* larsers.ListBlock
larsers.TightListItem = function(starter)
return -larsers.HorizontalRule
* (Cs(starter / "" * larsers.ListBlock * larsers.NestedList^-1)
/ parse_blocks)
* -(parsers.blanklines * parsers.indent)
end
larsers.LooseListItem = function(starter)
return -larsers.HorizontalRule
* Cs( starter / "" * larsers.ListBlock * Cc("\n")
* (larsers.NestedList + larsers.ListContinuationBlock^0)
* (parsers.blanklines / "\n\n")
) / parse_blocks
end
larsers.BulletList = ( Ct(larsers.TightListItem(parsers.bullet)^1) * Cc(true)
* parsers.skipblanklines * -parsers.bullet
+ Ct(larsers.LooseListItem(parsers.bullet)^1) * Cc(false)
* parsers.skipblanklines )
/ writer.bulletlist
local function ordered_list(items,tight,startNumber)
if options.startNumber then
startNumber = tonumber(startNumber) or 1 -- fallback for '#'
if startNumber ~= nil then
startNumber = math.floor(startNumber)
end
else
startNumber = nil
end
return writer.orderedlist(items,tight,startNumber)
end
larsers.OrderedList = Cg(larsers.enumerator, "listtype") *
( Ct(larsers.TightListItem(Cb("listtype"))
* larsers.TightListItem(larsers.enumerator)^0)
* Cc(true) * parsers.skipblanklines * -larsers.enumerator
+ Ct(larsers.LooseListItem(Cb("listtype"))
* larsers.LooseListItem(larsers.enumerator)^0)
* Cc(false) * parsers.skipblanklines
) * Cb("listtype") / ordered_list
local function definition_list_item(term, defs, tight)
return { term = parse_inlines(term), definitions = defs }
end
larsers.DefinitionListItemLoose = C(parsers.line) * parsers.skipblanklines
* Ct((parsers.defstart
* parsers.indented_blocks(parsers.dlchunk)
/ parse_blocks_toplevel)^1)
* Cc(false) / definition_list_item
larsers.DefinitionListItemTight = C(parsers.line)
* Ct((parsers.defstart * parsers.dlchunk
/ parse_blocks)^1)
* Cc(true) / definition_list_item
larsers.DefinitionList = ( Ct(larsers.DefinitionListItemLoose^1) * Cc(false)
+ Ct(larsers.DefinitionListItemTight^1)
* (parsers.skipblanklines
* -larsers.DefinitionListItemLoose * Cc(true))
) / writer.definitionlist
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Blank (local)
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
larsers.Blank = parsers.blankline / ""
+ larsers.NoteBlock
+ larsers.Reference
+ (parsers.tightblocksep / "\n")
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Headings (local)
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
-- parse atx header
if options.headerAttributes then
larsers.AtxHeading = Cg(parsers.HeadingStart,"level")
* parsers.optionalspace
* (C(((parsers.linechar
- ((parsers.hash^1
* parsers.optionalspace
* parsers.HeadingAttributes^-1
+ parsers.HeadingAttributes)
* parsers.optionalspace
* parsers.newline))
* (parsers.linechar
- parsers.hash
- parsers.lbrace)^0)^1)
/ parse_inlines)
* Cg(Ct(parsers.newline
+ (parsers.hash^1
* parsers.optionalspace
* parsers.HeadingAttributes^-1
+ parsers.HeadingAttributes)
* parsers.optionalspace
* parsers.newline), "attributes")
* Cb("level")
* Cb("attributes")
/ writer.heading
larsers.SetextHeading = #(parsers.line * S("=-"))
* (C(((parsers.linechar
- (parsers.HeadingAttributes
* parsers.optionalspace
* parsers.newline))
* (parsers.linechar
- parsers.lbrace)^0)^1)
/ parse_inlines)
* Cg(Ct(parsers.newline
+ (parsers.HeadingAttributes
* parsers.optionalspace
* parsers.newline)), "attributes")
* parsers.HeadingLevel
* Cb("attributes")
* parsers.optionalspace
* parsers.newline
/ writer.heading
else
larsers.AtxHeading = Cg(parsers.HeadingStart,"level")
* parsers.optionalspace
* (C(parsers.line) / strip_atx_end / parse_inlines)
* Cb("level")
/ writer.heading
larsers.SetextHeading = #(parsers.line * S("=-"))
* Ct(parsers.linechar^1 / parse_inlines)
* parsers.newline
* parsers.HeadingLevel
* parsers.optionalspace
* parsers.newline
/ writer.heading
end
larsers.Heading = larsers.AtxHeading + larsers.SetextHeading
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Syntax Specification
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local syntax =
{ "Blocks",
Blocks = larsers.Blank^0 * parsers.Block^-1
* (larsers.Blank^0 / writer.interblocksep
* parsers.Block)^0
* larsers.Blank^0 * parsers.eof,
Blank = larsers.Blank,
Block = V("ContentBlock")
+ V("Blockquote")
+ V("Verbatim")
+ V("FencedCode")
+ V("HorizontalRule")
+ V("BulletList")
+ V("OrderedList")
+ V("Heading")
+ V("DefinitionList")
+ V("DisplayHtml")
+ V("Paragraph")
+ V("Plain"),
ContentBlock = larsers.ContentBlock,
Blockquote = larsers.Blockquote,
Verbatim = larsers.Verbatim,
FencedCode = larsers.FencedCode,
HorizontalRule = larsers.HorizontalRule,
BulletList = larsers.BulletList,
OrderedList = larsers.OrderedList,
Heading = larsers.Heading,
DefinitionList = larsers.DefinitionList,
DisplayHtml = larsers.DisplayHtml,
Paragraph = larsers.Paragraph,
Plain = larsers.Plain,
Inline = V("Str")
+ V("Space")
+ V("Endline")
+ V("UlOrStarLine")
+ V("Strong")
+ V("Emph")
+ V("InlineNote")
+ V("NoteRef")
+ V("Citations")
+ V("Link")
+ V("Image")
+ V("Code")
+ V("AutoLinkUrl")
+ V("AutoLinkEmail")
+ V("InlineHtml")
+ V("HtmlEntity")
+ V("EscapedChar")
+ V("Smart")
+ V("Symbol"),
Str = larsers.Str,
Space = larsers.Space,
Endline = larsers.Endline,
UlOrStarLine = larsers.UlOrStarLine,
Strong = larsers.Strong,
Emph = larsers.Emph,
InlineNote = larsers.InlineNote,
NoteRef = larsers.NoteRef,
Citations = larsers.Citations,
Link = larsers.Link,
Image = larsers.Image,
Code = larsers.Code,
AutoLinkUrl = larsers.AutoLinkUrl,
AutoLinkEmail = larsers.AutoLinkEmail,
InlineHtml = larsers.InlineHtml,
HtmlEntity = larsers.HtmlEntity,
EscapedChar = larsers.EscapedChar,
Smart = larsers.Smart,
Symbol = larsers.Symbol,
}
if not options.citations then
syntax.Citations = parsers.fail
end
if not options.contentBlocks then
syntax.ContentBlock = parsers.fail
end
if not options.codeSpans then
syntax.Code = parsers.fail
end
if not options.definitionLists then
syntax.DefinitionList = parsers.fail
end
if not options.fencedCode then
syntax.FencedCode = parsers.fail
end
if not options.footnotes then
syntax.NoteRef = parsers.fail
end
if not options.html then
syntax.DisplayHtml = parsers.fail
syntax.InlineHtml = parsers.fail
syntax.HtmlEntity = parsers.fail
end
if not options.inlineFootnotes then
syntax.InlineNote = parsers.fail
end
if not options.smartEllipses then
syntax.Smart = parsers.fail
end
local blocks_toplevel_t = util.table_copy(syntax)
blocks_toplevel_t.Paragraph = larsers.ToplevelParagraph
larsers.blocks_toplevel = Ct(blocks_toplevel_t)
larsers.blocks = Ct(syntax)
local inlines_t = util.table_copy(syntax)
inlines_t[1] = "Inlines"
inlines_t.Inlines = parsers.Inline^0 * (parsers.spacing^0 * parsers.eof / "")
larsers.inlines = Ct(inlines_t)
local inlines_no_link_t = util.table_copy(inlines_t)
inlines_no_link_t.Link = parsers.fail
larsers.inlines_no_link = Ct(inlines_no_link_t)
local inlines_no_inline_note_t = util.table_copy(inlines_t)
inlines_no_inline_note_t.InlineNote = parsers.fail
larsers.inlines_no_inline_note = Ct(inlines_no_inline_note_t)
local inlines_nbsp_t = util.table_copy(inlines_t)
inlines_nbsp_t.Endline = larsers.NonbreakingEndline
inlines_nbsp_t.Space = larsers.NonbreakingSpace
larsers.inlines_nbsp = Ct(inlines_nbsp_t)
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%#### Exported Conversion Function
% Define \luamdef{reader->convert} as a function that converts markdown string
% `input` into a plain \TeX{} output and returns it. Note that the converter
% assumes that the input has \acro{unix} line endings.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function self.convert(input)
references = {}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% When determining the name of the cache file, create salt for the hashing
% function out of the package version and the passed options recognized by the
% Lua interface (see Section \ref{sec:luaoptions}). The \Opt{cacheDir} option
% is disregarded.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local opt_string = {}
for k,_ in pairs(defaultOptions) do
local v = options[k]
if k ~= "cacheDir" then
opt_string[#opt_string+1] = k .. "=" .. tostring(v)
end
end
table.sort(opt_string)
local salt = table.concat(opt_string, ",") .. "," .. metadata.version
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Produce the cache file, transform its filename via the \luam{writer->pack}
% method, and return the result.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local name = util.cache(options.cacheDir, input, salt, function(input)
return util.rope_to_string(parse_blocks_toplevel(input)) .. writer.eof
end, ".md" .. writer.suffix)
return writer.pack(name)
end
return self
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Conversion from Markdown to Plain \TeX{}
% The \luam{new} method returns the \luam{reader->convert} function of a reader
% object associated with the Lua interface options (see Section
% \ref{sec:luaoptions}) `options` and with a writer object associated with
% `options`.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
function M.new(options)
local writer = M.writer.new(options)
local reader = M.reader.new(writer, options)
return reader.convert
end
return M
% \end{macrocode}
% \iffalse
%
%<*lua-cli>
% \fi
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Command-Line Implementation
% \label{sec:lua-cli-implementation}
% The command-line implementation provides the actual conversion routine for
% the command-line interface described in Section~\ref{sec:lua-cli-interface}.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local input
if input_filename then
local input_file = io.open(input_filename, "r")
input = assert(input_file:read("*a"))
input_file:close()
else
input = assert(io.read("*a"))
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% First, ensure that the `options.cacheDir` directory exists.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local lfs = require("lfs")
if options.cacheDir and not lfs.isdir(options.cacheDir) then
assert(lfs.mkdir(options["cacheDir"]))
end
local kpse = require("kpse")
kpse.set_program_name("luatex")
local md = require("markdown")
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Since we are loading the rest of the Lua implementation dynamically,
% check that both the `markdown` module and the command line implementation
% are the same version.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
if metadata.version ~= md.metadata.version then
warn("markdown-cli.lua " .. metadata.version .. " used with " ..
"markdown.lua " .. md.metadata.version .. ".")
end
local convert = md.new(options)
local output = convert(input:gsub("\r\n?", "\n"))
if output_filename then
local output_file = io.open(output_filename, "w")
assert(output_file:write(output))
assert(output_file:close())
else
assert(io.write(output))
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \iffalse
%
%<*tex>
% \fi
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Plain \TeX{} Implementation
%----------------------------
% \label{sec:teximplementation}
% The plain \TeX{} implementation provides macros for the interfacing between
% \TeX{} and Lua and for the buffering of input text. These macros are then
% used to implement the macros for the conversion from markdown to plain \TeX{}
% exposed by the plain \TeX{} interface (see Section \ref{sec:texinterface}).
%
%### Logging Facilities
% \label{sec:texinterfacelogging}
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownInfo#1{%
\immediate\write-1{(l.\the\inputlineno) markdown.tex info: #1.}}%
\def\markdownWarning#1{%
\immediate\write16{(l.\the\inputlineno) markdown.tex warning: #1}}%
\def\markdownError#1#2{%
\errhelp{#2.}%
\errmessage{(l.\the\inputlineno) markdown.tex error: #1}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Token Renderer Prototypes
% The following definitions should be considered placeholder.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererInterblockSeparatorPrototype{\par}%
\def\markdownRendererLineBreakPrototype{\hfil\break}%
\let\markdownRendererEllipsisPrototype\dots
\def\markdownRendererNbspPrototype{~}%
\def\markdownRendererLeftBracePrototype{\char`\{}%
\def\markdownRendererRightBracePrototype{\char`\}}%
\def\markdownRendererDollarSignPrototype{\char`$}%
\def\markdownRendererPercentSignPrototype{\char`\%}%
\def\markdownRendererAmpersandPrototype{\char`&}%
\def\markdownRendererUnderscorePrototype{\char`_}%
\def\markdownRendererHashPrototype{\char`\#}%
\def\markdownRendererCircumflexPrototype{\char`^}%
\def\markdownRendererBackslashPrototype{\char`\\}%
\def\markdownRendererTildePrototype{\char`~}%
\def\markdownRendererPipePrototype{|}%
\def\markdownRendererCodeSpanPrototype#1{{\tt#1}}%
\def\markdownRendererLinkPrototype#1#2#3#4{#2}%
\def\markdownRendererContentBlockPrototype#1#2#3#4{%
\markdownInput{#3}}%
\def\markdownRendererContentBlockOnlineImagePrototype{%
\markdownRendererImage}%
\def\markdownRendererContentBlockCodePrototype#1#2#3#4#5{%
\markdownRendererInputFencedCode{#3}{#2}}%
\def\markdownRendererImagePrototype#1#2#3#4{#2}%
\def\markdownRendererUlBeginPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererUlBeginTightPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererUlItemPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererUlItemEndPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererUlEndPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererUlEndTightPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererOlBeginPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererOlBeginTightPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererOlItemPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererOlItemWithNumberPrototype#1{}%
\def\markdownRendererOlItemEndPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererOlEndPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererOlEndTightPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererDlBeginPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererDlBeginTightPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererDlItemPrototype#1{#1}%
\def\markdownRendererDlItemEndPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionBeginPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererDlDefinitionEndPrototype{\par}%
\def\markdownRendererDlEndPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererDlEndTightPrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererEmphasisPrototype#1{{\it#1}}%
\def\markdownRendererStrongEmphasisPrototype#1{{\bf#1}}%
\def\markdownRendererBlockQuoteBeginPrototype{\par\begingroup\it}%
\def\markdownRendererBlockQuoteEndPrototype{\endgroup\par}%
\def\markdownRendererInputVerbatimPrototype#1{%
\par{\tt\input#1\relax{}}\par}%
\def\markdownRendererInputFencedCodePrototype#1#2{%
\markdownRendererInputVerbatimPrototype{#1}}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingOnePrototype#1{#1}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingTwoPrototype#1{#1}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingThreePrototype#1{#1}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingFourPrototype#1{#1}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingFivePrototype#1{#1}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingSixPrototype#1{#1}%
\def\markdownRendererHorizontalRulePrototype{}%
\def\markdownRendererFootnotePrototype#1{#1}%
\def\markdownRendererCitePrototype#1{}%
\def\markdownRendererTextCitePrototype#1{}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Lua Snippets
% The \mdef{markdownLuaOptions} macro expands to a Lua table that
% contains the plain \TeX{} options (see Section \ref{sec:texoptions}) in a
% format recognized by Lua (see Section \ref{sec:luaoptions}).
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownLuaOptions{{%
\ifx\markdownOptionBlankBeforeBlockquote\undefined\else
blankBeforeBlockquote = \markdownOptionBlankBeforeBlockquote,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionBlankBeforeCodeFence\undefined\else
blankBeforeCodeFence = \markdownOptionBlankBeforeCodeFence,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionBlankBeforeHeading\undefined\else
blankBeforeHeading = \markdownOptionBlankBeforeHeading,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionBreakableBlockquotes\undefined\else
breakableBlockquotes = \markdownOptionBreakableBlockquotes,
\fi
cacheDir = "\markdownOptionCacheDir",
\ifx\markdownOptionCitations\undefined\else
citations = \markdownOptionCitations,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionCitationNbsps\undefined\else
citationNbsps = \markdownOptionCitationNbsps,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionCodeSpans\undefined\else
codeSpans = \markdownOptionCodeSpans,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionContentBlocks\undefined\else
contentBlocks = \markdownOptionContentBlocks,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionContentBlocksLanguageMap\undefined\else
contentBlocksLanguageMap =
"\markdownOptionContentBlocksLanguageMap",
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionDefinitionLists\undefined\else
definitionLists = \markdownOptionDefinitionLists,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionFootnotes\undefined\else
footnotes = \markdownOptionFootnotes,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionFencedCode\undefined\else
fencedCode = \markdownOptionFencedCode,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionHashEnumerators\undefined\else
hashEnumerators = \markdownOptionHashEnumerators,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionHeaderAttributes\undefined\else
headerAttributes = \markdownOptionHeaderAttributes,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionHtml\undefined\else
html = \markdownOptionHtml,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionHybrid\undefined\else
hybrid = \markdownOptionHybrid,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionInlineFootnotes\undefined\else
inlineFootnotes = \markdownOptionInlineFootnotes,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionPreserveTabs\undefined\else
preserveTabs = \markdownOptionPreserveTabs,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionSlice\undefined\else
slice = "\markdownOptionSlice",
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionSmartEllipses\undefined\else
smartEllipses = \markdownOptionSmartEllipses,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionStartNumber\undefined\else
startNumber = \markdownOptionStartNumber,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionTightLists\undefined\else
tightLists = \markdownOptionTightLists,
\fi
\ifx\markdownOptionUnderscores\undefined\else
underscores = \markdownOptionUnderscores,
\fi}
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \mdef{markdownPrepare} macro contains the Lua code that is executed prior
% to any conversion from markdown to plain \TeX{}. It exposes the
% \luam{convert} function for the use by any further Lua code.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownPrepare{%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% First, ensure that the \m{markdownOptionCacheDir} directory exists.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local lfs = require("lfs")
local cacheDir = "\markdownOptionCacheDir"
if not lfs.isdir(cacheDir) then
assert(lfs.mkdir(cacheDir))
end
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Next, load the `markdown` module and create a converter function using
% the plain \TeX{} options, which were serialized to a Lua table via the
% \m{markdownLuaOptions} macro.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
local md = require("markdown")
local convert = md.new(\markdownLuaOptions)
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Buffering Markdown Input
% \label{sec:buffering}
% The macros \mdef{markdownInputFileStream} and \mdef{markdownOutputFileStream}
% contain the number of the input and output file streams that will be used for
% the IO operations of the package.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\csname newread\endcsname\markdownInputFileStream
\csname newwrite\endcsname\markdownOutputFileStream
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \mdef{markdownReadAndConvertTab} macro contains the tab character literal.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^I=12%
\gdef\markdownReadAndConvertTab{^^I}%
\endgroup
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \m{markdownReadAndConvert} macro is largely a rewrite of the
% \Hologo{LaTeX2e} \m{filecontents} macro to plain \TeX{}.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Make the newline and tab characters active and swap the character codes of
% the backslash symbol (`\`) and the pipe symbol (`|`), so that we can use the
% backslash as an ordinary character inside the macro definition. Likewise,
% swap the character codes of the percent sign (`%`) and the ampersand (`@`),
% so that we can remove percent signs from the beginning of lines when
% \m{markdownOptionStripPercentSigns} is `true`.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\catcode`\^^M=13%
\catcode`\^^I=13%
\catcode`|=0%
\catcode`\\=12%
|catcode`@=14%
|catcode`|%=12@
|gdef|markdownReadAndConvert#1#2{@
|begingroup@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Open the \m{markdownOptionInputTempFileName} file for writing.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
|immediate|openout|markdownOutputFileStream@
|markdownOptionInputTempFileName|relax@
|markdownInfo{Buffering markdown input into the temporary @
input file "|markdownOptionInputTempFileName" and scanning @
for the closing token sequence "#1"}@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Locally change the category of the special plain \TeX{} characters to
% *other* in order to prevent unwanted interpretation of the input. Change
% also the category of the space character, so that we can retrieve it
% unaltered.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
|def|do##1{|catcode`##1=12}|dospecials@
|catcode`| =12@
|markdownMakeOther@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% The \mdef{markdownReadAndConvertStripPercentSigns} macro will process the
% individual lines of output, stipping away leading percent signs (`%`) when
% \m{markdownOptionStripPercentSigns} is `true`.
% Notice the use of the comments (`@`) to ensure that the entire macro is at
% a single line and therefore no (active) newline symbols
% (`^^M`) are produced.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
|def|markdownReadAndConvertStripPercentSign##1{@
|markdownIfOption{StripPercentSigns}@
|if##1%@
|expandafter|expandafter|expandafter@
|markdownReadAndConvertProcessLine@
|else@
|expandafter|expandafter|expandafter@
|markdownReadAndConvertProcessLine@
|expandafter|expandafter|expandafter##1@
|fi@
|else@
|expandafter@
|markdownReadAndConvertProcessLine@
|expandafter##1@
|fi}@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% The \mdef{markdownReadAndConvertProcessLine} macro will process the individual
% lines of output.
% Notice the use of the comments (`@`) to ensure that the entire macro is at
% a single line and therefore no (active) newline symbols
% (`^^M`) are produced.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
|def|markdownReadAndConvertProcessLine##1#1##2#1##3|relax{@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% When the ending token sequence does not appear in the line, store the line in
% the \m{markdownOptionInputTempFileName} file.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
|ifx|relax##3|relax@
|immediate|write|markdownOutputFileStream{##1}@
|else@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% When the ending token sequence appears in the line, make the next newline
% character close the \m{markdownOptionInputTempFileName} file, return the
% character categories back to the former state, convert the
% \m{markdownOptionInputTempFileName} file from markdown to plain \TeX{},
% \m{input} the result of the conversion, and expand the ending control
% sequence.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
|def^^M{@
|markdownInfo{The ending token sequence was found}@
|immediate|closeout|markdownOutputFileStream@
|endgroup@
|markdownInput|markdownOptionInputTempFileName@
#2}@
|fi@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Repeat with the next line.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
^^M}@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Make the tab character active at expansion time and make it expand to a
% literal tab character.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
|catcode`|^^I=13@
|def^^I{|markdownReadAndConvertTab}@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Make the newline character active at expansion time and make it consume the
% rest of the line on expansion. Throw away the rest of the first line and
% pass the second line to the \m{markdownReadAndConvertProcessLine} macro.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
|catcode`|^^M=13@
|def^^M##1^^M{@
|def^^M####1^^M{@
|markdownReadAndConvertStripPercentSign####1#1#1|relax}@
^^M}@
^^M}@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Reset the character categories back to the former state.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
|endgroup
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Lua Shell Escape Bridge
% \label{sec:luabridge}
% The following \TeX{} code is intended for \TeX{} engines that do not provide
% direct access to Lua, but expose the shell of the operating system. This
% corresponds to the \m{markdownMode} values of `0` and `1`.
%
% The \m{markdownLuaExecute} macro defined here and in Section
% \ref{sec:directlua} are meant to be indistinguishable to the remaining code.
%
% The package assumes that although the user is not using the Lua\TeX{} engine,
% their \TeX{} distribution contains it, and uses shell access to produce and
% execute Lua scripts using the \TeX{}Lua interpreter~[@luatex17, Section
% 3.1.1].
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifnum\markdownMode<2\relax
\ifnum\markdownMode=0\relax
\markdownInfo{Using mode 0: Shell escape via write18}%
\else
\markdownInfo{Using mode 1: Shell escape via os.execute}%
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \mdef{markdownExecuteShellEscape} macro contains the numeric value indicating
% whether the shell access is enabled (`1`), disabled (`0`), or restricted
% (`2`).
%
% Inherit the value of the the \m{pdfshellescape} (Lua\TeX{}, \Hologo{pdfTeX})
% or the \m{shellescape} (\Hologo{XeTeX}) commands. If neither of these
% commands is defined and Lua is available, attempt to access the
% \luam{status.shell_escape} configuration item.
%
% If you cannot detect, whether the shell access is enabled, act as if it were.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\pdfshellescape\undefined
\ifx\shellescape\undefined
\ifnum\markdownMode=0\relax
\def\markdownExecuteShellEscape{1}%
\else
\def\markdownExecuteShellEscape{%
\directlua{tex.sprint(status.shell_escape or "1")}}%
\fi
\else
\let\markdownExecuteShellEscape\shellescape
\fi
\else
\let\markdownExecuteShellEscape\pdfshellescape
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \mdef{markdownExecuteDirect} macro executes the code it has received as
% its first argument by writing it to the output file stream 18, if Lua is
% unavailable, or by using the Lua \luam{os.execute} method otherwise.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifnum\markdownMode=0\relax
\def\markdownExecuteDirect#1{\immediate\write18{#1}}%
\else
\def\markdownExecuteDirect#1{%
\directlua{os.execute("\luaescapestring{#1}")}}%
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \mdef{markdownExecute} macro is a wrapper on top of
% \m{markdownExecuteDirect} that checks the value of
% \m{markdownExecuteShellEscape} and prints an error message if the shell is
% inaccessible.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownExecute#1{%
\ifnum\markdownExecuteShellEscape=1\relax
\markdownExecuteDirect{#1}%
\else
\markdownError{I can not access the shell}{Either run the TeX
compiler with the --shell-escape or the --enable-write18 flag,
or set shell_escape=t in the texmf.cnf file}%
\fi}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \mdef{markdownLuaExecute} macro executes the Lua code it has received as
% its first argument. The Lua code may not directly interact with the \TeX{}
% engine, but it can use the \luam{print} function in the same manner it
% would use the \luam{tex.print} method.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Swap the category code of the backslash symbol and the pipe symbol, so that
% we may use the backslash symbol freely inside the Lua code.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\catcode`|=0%
\catcode`\\=12%
|gdef|markdownLuaExecute#1{%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Create the file \m{markdownOptionHelperScriptFileName} and fill it with the
% input Lua code prepended with \pkg{kpathsea} initialization, so that Lua
% modules from the \TeX{} distribution are available.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
|immediate|openout|markdownOutputFileStream=%
|markdownOptionHelperScriptFileName
|markdownInfo{Writing a helper Lua script to the file
"|markdownOptionHelperScriptFileName"}%
|immediate|write|markdownOutputFileStream{%
local ran_ok, error = pcall(function()
local kpse = require("kpse")
kpse.set_program_name("luatex")
#1
end)
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% If there was an error, use the file \m{markdownOptionErrorTempFileName} to
% store the error message.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
if not ran_ok then
local file = io.open("%
|markdownOptionOutputDir
/|markdownOptionErrorTempFileName", "w")
if file then
file:write(error .. "\n")
file:close()
end
print('\\markdownError{An error was encountered while executing
Lua code}{For further clues, examine the file
"|markdownOptionOutputDir
/|markdownOptionErrorTempFileName"}')
end}%
|immediate|closeout|markdownOutputFileStream
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Execute the generated \m{markdownOptionHelperScriptFileName} Lua script using
% the \TeX{}Lua binary and store the output in the
% \m{markdownOptionOutputTempFileName} file.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
|markdownInfo{Executing a helper Lua script from the file
"|markdownOptionHelperScriptFileName" and storing the result in the
file "|markdownOptionOutputTempFileName"}%
|markdownExecute{texlua "|markdownOptionOutputDir
/|markdownOptionHelperScriptFileName" > %
"|markdownOptionOutputDir
/|markdownOptionOutputTempFileName"}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% \m{input} the generated \m{markdownOptionOutputTempFileName} file.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
|input|markdownOptionOutputTempFileName|relax}%
|endgroup
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Direct Lua Access
% \label{sec:directlua}
% The following \TeX{} code is intended for \TeX{} engines that provide
% direct access to Lua (Lua\TeX{}). The macro \m{markdownLuaExecute} defined
% here and in Section \ref{sec:luabridge} are meant to be indistinguishable to
% the remaining code. This corresponds to the \m{markdownMode} value of `2`.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\else
\markdownInfo{Using mode 2: Direct Lua access}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The direct Lua access version of the \m{markdownLuaExecute} macro is defined
% in terms of the \m{directlua} primitive. The \luam{print} function is set as
% an alias to the \m{tex.print} method in order to mimic the behaviour of the
% \m{markdownLuaExecute} definition from Section \ref{sec:luabridge},
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownLuaExecute#1{\directlua{local print = tex.print #1}}%
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Typesetting Markdown
% The \m{markdownInput} macro uses an implementation of the
% \m{markdownLuaExecute} macro to convert the contents of the file whose
% filename it has received as its single argument from markdown to plain
% \TeX{}.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Swap the category code of the backslash symbol and the pipe symbol, so that
% we may use the backslash symbol freely inside the Lua code.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\catcode`|=0%
\catcode`\\=12%
|gdef|markdownInput#1{%
|markdownInfo{Including markdown document "#1"}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Attempt to open the markdown document to record it in the `.log` and
% `.fls` files. This allows external programs such as \LaTeX Mk to track
% changes to the markdown document.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
|openin|markdownInputFileStream#1
|closein|markdownInputFileStream
|markdownLuaExecute{%
|markdownPrepare
local input = assert(io.open("%
|markdownOptionOutputDir
/#1", "r"):read("*a"))
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Since the Lua converter expects \acro{unix} line endings, normalize the
% input.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
print(convert(input:gsub("\r\n?", "\n")))}}%
|endgroup
% \end{macrocode}
% \iffalse
%
%<*latex>
% \fi
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \LaTeX{} Implementation
%------------------------
% \label{sec:lateximplementation}
% The \LaTeX{} implemenation makes use of the fact that, apart from some subtle
% differences, \LaTeX{} implements the majority of the plain \TeX{}
% format~[@latex17, Section 9]. As a consequence, we can directly reuse the
% existing plain \TeX{} implementation.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\input markdown
\def\markdownVersionSpace{ }%
\ProvidesPackage{markdown}[\markdownLastModified\markdownVersionSpace v%
\markdownVersion\markdownVersionSpace markdown renderer]%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Logging Facilities
% The \LaTeX{} implementation redefines the plain \TeX{} logging macros (see
% Section \ref{sec:texinterfacelogging}) to use the \LaTeX{} \m{PackageInfo},
% \m{PackageWarning}, and \m{PackageError} macros.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\markdownInfo[1]{\PackageInfo{markdown}{#1}}%
\renewcommand\markdownWarning[1]{\PackageWarning{markdown}{#1}}%
\renewcommand\markdownError[2]{\PackageError{markdown}{#1}{#2.}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Typesetting Markdown
% The \mdef{markdownInputPlainTeX} macro is used to store the original plain
% \TeX{} implementation of the \m{markdownInput} macro. The \m{markdownInput}
% is then redefined to accept an optional argument with options recognized by
% the \LaTeX{} interface (see Section \ref{sec:latexoptions}).
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\markdownInputPlainTeX\markdownInput
\renewcommand\markdownInput[2][]{%
\begingroup
\markdownSetup{#1}%
\markdownInputPlainTeX{#2}%
\endgroup}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The \envm{markdown}, and \envm{markdown*} \LaTeX{} environments are
% implemented using the \m{markdownReadAndConvert} macro.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewenvironment{markdown}{%
\markdownReadAndConvert@markdown{}}\relax
\renewenvironment{markdown*}[1]{%
\markdownSetup{#1}%
\markdownReadAndConvert@markdown*}\relax
\begingroup
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Locally swap the category code of the backslash symbol with the pipe symbol,
% and of the left (`{`) and right brace (`}`) with the less-than (`<`)
% and greater-than (`>`) signs. This is required in order that all the
% special symbols that appear in the first argument of the
% `markdownReadAndConvert` macro have the category code *other*.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\catcode`\|=0\catcode`\<=1\catcode`\>=2%
\catcode`\\=12|catcode`|{=12|catcode`|}=12%
|gdef|markdownReadAndConvert@markdown#1<%
|markdownReadAndConvert<\end{markdown#1}>%
<|end>>%
|endgroup
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Options
% The supplied package options are processed using the \m{markdownSetup} macro.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption*{%
\expandafter\markdownSetup\expandafter{\CurrentOption}}%
\ProcessOptions\relax
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% After processing the options, activate the `renderers` and
% `rendererPrototypes` keys.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{markdownOptions}{renderers}{%
\setkeys{markdownRenderers}{#1}%
\def\KV@prefix{KV@markdownOptions@}}%
\define@key{markdownOptions}{rendererPrototypes}{%
\setkeys{markdownRendererPrototypes}{#1}%
\def\KV@prefix{KV@markdownOptions@}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Token Renderer Prototypes
% The following configuration should be considered placeholder.
%
% If the \m{markdownOptionTightLists} macro expands to `false`, do not load
% the \pkg{paralist} package. This is necessary for \Hologo{LaTeX2e} document
% classes that do not play nice with \pkg{paralist}, such as \pkg{beamer}.
% If the \m{markdownOptionTightLists} is undefined and the \pkg{beamer}
% document class is in use, then do not load the \pkg{paralist} package either.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\markdownOptionTightLists\undefined
\@ifclassloaded{beamer}{}{
\RequirePackage{paralist}}
\else
\ifthenelse{\equal{\markdownOptionTightLists}{false}}{}{
\RequirePackage{paralist}}
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% If we loaded the \pkg{paralist} package, define the respective renderer
% prototypes to make use of the capabilities of the package. Otherwise,
% define the renderer prototypes to fall back on the corresponding renderers
% for the non-tight lists.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\@ifpackageloaded{paralist}{
\markdownSetup{rendererPrototypes={
ulBeginTight = {\begin{compactitem}},
ulEndTight = {\end{compactitem}},
olBeginTight = {\begin{compactenum}},
olEndTight = {\end{compactenum}},
dlBeginTight = {\begin{compactdesc}},
dlEndTight = {\end{compactdesc}}}}
}{
\markdownSetup{rendererPrototypes={
ulBeginTight = {\markdownRendererUlBegin},
ulEndTight = {\markdownRendererUlEnd},
olBeginTight = {\markdownRendererOlBegin},
olEndTight = {\markdownRendererOlEnd},
dlBeginTight = {\markdownRendererDlBegin},
dlEndTight = {\markdownRendererDlEnd}}}}
\markdownSetup{rendererPrototypes={
lineBreak = {\\},
leftBrace = {\textbraceleft},
rightBrace = {\textbraceright},
dollarSign = {\textdollar},
underscore = {\textunderscore},
circumflex = {\textasciicircum},
backslash = {\textbackslash},
tilde = {\textasciitilde},
pipe = {\textbar},
codeSpan = {\texttt{#1}},
contentBlock = {%
\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{csv}}{%
\begin{table}%
\begin{center}%
\csvautotabular{#3}%
\end{center}
\ifx\empty#4\empty\else
\caption{#4}%
\fi
\label{tab:#1}%
\end{table}}{%
\markdownInput{#3}}},
image = {%
\begin{figure}%
\begin{center}%
\includegraphics{#3}%
\end{center}%
\ifx\empty#4\empty\else
\caption{#4}%
\fi
\label{fig:#1}%
\end{figure}},
ulBegin = {\begin{itemize}},
ulItem = {\item},
ulEnd = {\end{itemize}},
olBegin = {\begin{enumerate}},
olItem = {\item},
olItemWithNumber = {\item[#1.]},
olEnd = {\end{enumerate}},
dlBegin = {\begin{description}},
dlItem = {\item[#1]},
dlEnd = {\end{description}},
emphasis = {\emph{#1}},
blockQuoteBegin = {\begin{quotation}},
blockQuoteEnd = {\end{quotation}},
inputVerbatim = {\VerbatimInput{#1}},
inputFencedCode = {%
\ifx\relax#2\relax
\VerbatimInput{#1}%
\else
\ifx\minted@code\undefined
\ifx\lst@version\undefined
\markdownRendererInputFencedCode{#1}{}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% When the \pkg{listings} package is loaded, use it for syntax highlighting.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\else
\lstinputlisting[language=#2]{#1}%
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% When the \pkg{minted} package is loaded, use it for syntax highlighting.
% The \pkg{minted} package is preferred over \pkg{listings}.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\else
\inputminted{#2}{#1}%
\fi
\fi},
horizontalRule = {\noindent\rule[0.5ex]{\linewidth}{1pt}},
footnote = {\footnote{#1}}}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Support the nesting of strong emphasis.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifmarkdownLATEXStrongEmphasisNested
\markdownLATEXStrongEmphasisNestedfalse
\markdownSetup{rendererPrototypes={
strongEmphasis = {%
\ifmarkdownLATEXStrongEmphasisNested
\markdownLATEXStrongEmphasisNestedfalse
\textmd{#1}%
\markdownLATEXStrongEmphasisNestedtrue
\else
\markdownLATEXStrongEmphasisNestedtrue
\textbf{#1}%
\markdownLATEXStrongEmphasisNestedfalse
\fi}}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Support \LaTeX{} document classes that do not provide chapters.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\chapter\undefined
\markdownSetup{rendererPrototypes = {
headingOne = {\section{#1}},
headingTwo = {\subsection{#1}},
headingThree = {\subsubsection{#1}},
headingFour = {\paragraph{#1}\leavevmode},
headingFive = {\subparagraph{#1}\leavevmode}}}
\else
\markdownSetup{rendererPrototypes = {
headingOne = {\chapter{#1}},
headingTwo = {\section{#1}},
headingThree = {\subsection{#1}},
headingFour = {\subsubsection{#1}},
headingFive = {\paragraph{#1}\leavevmode},
headingSix = {\subparagraph{#1}\leavevmode}}}
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% There is a basic implementation for citations that uses the \LaTeX{} \m{cite}
% macro. There are also implementations that use the \pkg{natbib} \m{citep},
% and \m{citet} macros, and the Bib\LaTeX{} \m{autocites} and \m{textcites}
% macros. These implementations will be used, when the respective packages are
% loaded.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcount\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter
% Basic implementation
\def\markdownLaTeXBasicCitations#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
\advance\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter by 1\relax
\ifx\relax#4\relax
\ifx\relax#5\relax
\ifnum\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter>\markdownLaTeXCitationsTotal\relax
\cite{#1#2#6}% Without prenotes and postnotes, just accumulate cites
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\@gobblethree
\fi
\else% Before a postnote (#5), dump the accumulator
\ifx\relax#1\relax\else
\cite{#1}%
\fi
\cite[#5]{#6}%
\ifnum\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter>\markdownLaTeXCitationsTotal\relax
\else
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\markdownLaTeXBasicCitations
\fi
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\@gobblethree
\fi
\else% Before a prenote (#4), dump the accumulator
\ifx\relax#1\relax\else
\cite{#1}%
\fi
\ifnum\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter>1\relax
\space % Insert a space before the prenote in later citations
\fi
#4~\expandafter\cite\ifx\relax#5\relax{#6}\else[#5]{#6}\fi
\ifnum\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter>\markdownLaTeXCitationsTotal\relax
\else
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\markdownLaTeXBasicCitations
\fi
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}%
\expandafter
\@gobblethree
\fi\markdownLaTeXBasicCitations{#1#2#6},}
\let\markdownLaTeXBasicTextCitations\markdownLaTeXBasicCitations
% Natbib implementation
\def\markdownLaTeXNatbibCitations#1#2#3#4#5{%
\advance\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter by 1\relax
\ifx\relax#3\relax
\ifx\relax#4\relax
\ifnum\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter>\markdownLaTeXCitationsTotal\relax
\citep{#1,#5}% Without prenotes and postnotes, just accumulate cites
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\@gobbletwo
\fi
\else% Before a postnote (#4), dump the accumulator
\ifx\relax#1\relax\else
\citep{#1}%
\fi
\citep[][#4]{#5}%
\ifnum\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter>\markdownLaTeXCitationsTotal\relax
\else
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\markdownLaTeXNatbibCitations
\fi
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\@gobbletwo
\fi
\else% Before a prenote (#3), dump the accumulator
\ifx\relax#1\relax\relax\else
\citep{#1}%
\fi
\citep[#3][#4]{#5}%
\ifnum\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter>\markdownLaTeXCitationsTotal\relax
\else
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\markdownLaTeXNatbibCitations
\fi
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}%
\expandafter
\@gobbletwo
\fi\markdownLaTeXNatbibCitations{#1,#5}}
\def\markdownLaTeXNatbibTextCitations#1#2#3#4#5{%
\advance\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter by 1\relax
\ifx\relax#3\relax
\ifx\relax#4\relax
\ifnum\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter>\markdownLaTeXCitationsTotal\relax
\citet{#1,#5}% Without prenotes and postnotes, just accumulate cites
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\@gobbletwo
\fi
\else% After a prenote or a postnote, dump the accumulator
\ifx\relax#1\relax\else
\citet{#1}%
\fi
, \citet[#3][#4]{#5}%
\ifnum\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter<\markdownLaTeXCitationsTotal\relax
,
\else
\ifnum\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter=\markdownLaTeXCitationsTotal\relax
,
\fi
\fi
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\markdownLaTeXNatbibTextCitations
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\@gobbletwo
\fi
\else% After a prenote or a postnote, dump the accumulator
\ifx\relax#1\relax\relax\else
\citet{#1}%
\fi
, \citet[#3][#4]{#5}%
\ifnum\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter<\markdownLaTeXCitationsTotal\relax
,
\else
\ifnum\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter=\markdownLaTeXCitationsTotal\relax
,
\fi
\fi
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\markdownLaTeXNatbibTextCitations
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}%
\expandafter
\@gobbletwo
\fi\markdownLaTeXNatbibTextCitations{#1,#5}}
% BibLaTeX implementation
\def\markdownLaTeXBibLaTeXCitations#1#2#3#4#5{%
\advance\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter by 1\relax
\ifnum\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter>\markdownLaTeXCitationsTotal\relax
\autocites#1[#3][#4]{#5}%
\expandafter\@gobbletwo
\fi\markdownLaTeXBibLaTeXCitations{#1[#3][#4]{#5}}}
\def\markdownLaTeXBibLaTeXTextCitations#1#2#3#4#5{%
\advance\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter by 1\relax
\ifnum\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter>\markdownLaTeXCitationsTotal\relax
\textcites#1[#3][#4]{#5}%
\expandafter\@gobbletwo
\fi\markdownLaTeXBibLaTeXTextCitations{#1[#3][#4]{#5}}}
\markdownSetup{rendererPrototypes = {
cite = {%
\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter=1%
\def\markdownLaTeXCitationsTotal{#1}%
\ifx\autocites\undefined
\ifx\citep\undefined
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\markdownLaTeXBasicCitations
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}%
\else
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\markdownLaTeXNatbibCitations
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}%
\fi
\else
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\markdownLaTeXBibLaTeXCitations
\expandafter{\expandafter}%
\fi},
textCite = {%
\markdownLaTeXCitationsCounter=1%
\def\markdownLaTeXCitationsTotal{#1}%
\ifx\autocites\undefined
\ifx\citep\undefined
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\markdownLaTeXBasicTextCitations
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}%
\else
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\markdownLaTeXNatbibTextCitations
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}%
\fi
\else
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
\markdownLaTeXBibLaTeXTextCitations
\expandafter{\expandafter}%
\fi}}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% Before consuming the parameters for the hyperlink renderer, we change the
% category code of the hash sign (`#`) to other, so that it cannot be
% mistaken for a parameter character. After the hyperlink has been typeset,
% we restore the original catcode.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererLinkPrototype{%
\begingroup
\catcode`\#=12
\def\next##1##2##3##4{%
##1\footnote{%
\ifx\empty##4\empty\else##4: \fi\texttt<\url{##3}\texttt>}%
\endgroup}%
\next}
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Miscellanea
% When buffering user input, we should disable the bytes with the high bit set,
% since these are made active by the \pkg{inputenc} package. We will do this by
% redefining the \m{markdownMakeOther} macro accordingly. The code is courtesy
% of Scott Pakin, the creator of the \pkg{filecontents} package.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\markdownMakeOther{%
\count0=128\relax
\loop
\catcode\count0=11\relax
\advance\count0 by 1\relax
\ifnum\count0<256\repeat}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \iffalse
%
%<*context>
% \fi
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% \Hologo{ConTeXt} Implementation
%--------------------------------
% \label{sec:contextimplementation}
% The \Hologo{ConTeXt} implementation makes use of the fact that, apart from
% some subtle differences, the Mark II and Mark IV \Hologo{ConTeXt} formats
% *seem* to implement (the documentation is scarce) the majority of the
% plain \TeX{} format required by the plain \TeX{} implementation. As a
% consequence, we can directly reuse the existing plain \TeX{} implementation
% after supplying the missing plain \TeX{} macros.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\dospecials{\do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
\do\#\do\^\do\_\do\%\do\~}%
\input markdown
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% When buffering user input, we should disable the bytes with the high bit set,
% since these are made active by the \m{enableregime} macro. We will do this
% by redefining the \m{markdownMakeOther} macro accordingly. The code is
% courtesy of Scott Pakin, the creator of the \pkg{filecontents} \LaTeX{}
% package.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownMakeOther{%
\count0=128\relax
\loop
\catcode\count0=11\relax
\advance\count0 by 1\relax
\ifnum\count0<256\repeat
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% On top of that, make the pipe character (`|`) inactive during the scanning.
% This is necessary, since the character is active in \Hologo{ConTeXt}.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\catcode`|=12}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Logging Facilities
% The \Hologo{ConTeXt} implementation redefines the plain \TeX{} logging macros (see
% Section \ref{sec:texinterfacelogging}) to use the \Hologo{ConTeXt}
% \m{writestatus} macro.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownInfo#1{\writestatus{markdown}{#1.}}%
\def\markdownWarning#1{\writestatus{markdown\space warn}{#1.}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Typesetting Markdown
% The \m{startmarkdown} and \m{stopmarkdown} macros are implemented using the
% \m{markdownReadAndConvert} macro.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{markdown}
% Locally swap the category code of the backslash symbol with the pipe symbol.
% This is required in order that all the special symbols that appear in the
% first argument of the `markdownReadAndConvert` macro have the category code
% *other*.
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\catcode`\|=0%
\catcode`\\=12%
|gdef|startmarkdown{%
|markdownReadAndConvert{\stopmarkdown}%
{|stopmarkdown}}%
|endgroup
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
%### Token Renderer Prototypes
% The following configuration should be considered placeholder.
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\markdownRendererLineBreakPrototype{\blank}%
\def\markdownRendererLeftBracePrototype{\textbraceleft}%
\def\markdownRendererRightBracePrototype{\textbraceright}%
\def\markdownRendererDollarSignPrototype{\textdollar}%
\def\markdownRendererPercentSignPrototype{\percent}%
\def\markdownRendererUnderscorePrototype{\textunderscore}%
\def\markdownRendererCircumflexPrototype{\textcircumflex}%
\def\markdownRendererBackslashPrototype{\textbackslash}%
\def\markdownRendererTildePrototype{\textasciitilde}%
\def\markdownRendererPipePrototype{\char`|}%
\def\markdownRendererLinkPrototype#1#2#3#4{%
\useURL[#1][#3][][#4]#1\footnote[#1]{\ifx\empty#4\empty\else#4:
\fi\tt<\hyphenatedurl{#3}>}}%
\usemodule[database]
\defineseparatedlist
[MarkdownConTeXtCSV]
[separator={,},
before=\bTABLE,after=\eTABLE,
first=\bTR,last=\eTR,
left=\bTD,right=\eTD]
\def\markdownConTeXtCSV{csv}
\def\markdownRendererContentBlockPrototype#1#2#3#4{%
\def\markdownConTeXtCSV@arg{#1}%
\ifx\markdownConTeXtCSV@arg\markdownConTeXtCSV
\placetable[][tab:#1]{#4}{%
\processseparatedfile[MarkdownConTeXtCSV][#3]}%
\else
\markdownInput{#3}%
\fi}%
\def\markdownRendererImagePrototype#1#2#3#4{%
\placefigure[][fig:#1]{#4}{\externalfigure[#3]}}%
\def\markdownRendererUlBeginPrototype{\startitemize}%
\def\markdownRendererUlBeginTightPrototype{\startitemize[packed]}%
\def\markdownRendererUlItemPrototype{\item}%
\def\markdownRendererUlEndPrototype{\stopitemize}%
\def\markdownRendererUlEndTightPrototype{\stopitemize}%
\def\markdownRendererOlBeginPrototype{\startitemize[n]}%
\def\markdownRendererOlBeginTightPrototype{\startitemize[packed,n]}%
\def\markdownRendererOlItemPrototype{\item}%
\def\markdownRendererOlItemWithNumberPrototype#1{\sym{#1.}}%
\def\markdownRendererOlEndPrototype{\stopitemize}%
\def\markdownRendererOlEndTightPrototype{\stopitemize}%
\definedescription
[MarkdownConTeXtDlItemPrototype]
[location=hanging,
margin=standard,
headstyle=bold]%
\definestartstop
[MarkdownConTeXtDlPrototype]
[before=\blank,
after=\blank]%
\definestartstop
[MarkdownConTeXtDlTightPrototype]
[before=\blank\startpacked,
after=\stoppacked\blank]%
\def\markdownRendererDlBeginPrototype{%
\startMarkdownConTeXtDlPrototype}%
\def\markdownRendererDlBeginTightPrototype{%
\startMarkdownConTeXtDlTightPrototype}%
\def\markdownRendererDlItemPrototype#1{%
\startMarkdownConTeXtDlItemPrototype{#1}}%
\def\markdownRendererDlItemEndPrototype{%
\stopMarkdownConTeXtDlItemPrototype}%
\def\markdownRendererDlEndPrototype{%
\stopMarkdownConTeXtDlPrototype}%
\def\markdownRendererDlEndTightPrototype{%
\stopMarkdownConTeXtDlTightPrototype}%
\def\markdownRendererEmphasisPrototype#1{{\em#1}}%
\def\markdownRendererStrongEmphasisPrototype#1{{\bf#1}}%
\def\markdownRendererBlockQuoteBeginPrototype{\startquotation}%
\def\markdownRendererBlockQuoteEndPrototype{\stopquotation}%
\def\markdownRendererInputVerbatimPrototype#1{\typefile{#1}}%
\def\markdownRendererInputFencedCodePrototype#1#2{%
\ifx\relax#2\relax
\typefile{#1}%
\else
% \end{macrocode}
% \par
% \begin{markdown}
%
% The code fence infostring is used as a name from the \Hologo{ConTeXt}
% \m{definetyping} macro. This allows the user to set up code highlighting
% mapping as follows:
% ````` tex
% % Map the `TEX` syntax highlighter to the `latex` infostring.
% \definetyping [latex]
% \setuptyping [latex] [option=TEX]
%
% \starttext
% \startmarkdown
% ~~~ latex
% \documentclass{article}
% \begin{document}
% Hello world!
% \end{document}
% ~~~
% \stopmarkdown
% \stoptext
% `````````
%
% \end{markdown}
% \begin{macrocode}
\typefile[#2][]{#1}%
\fi}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingOnePrototype#1{\chapter{#1}}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingTwoPrototype#1{\section{#1}}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingThreePrototype#1{\subsection{#1}}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingFourPrototype#1{\subsubsection{#1}}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingFivePrototype#1{\subsubsubsection{#1}}%
\def\markdownRendererHeadingSixPrototype#1{\subsubsubsubsection{#1}}%
\def\markdownRendererHorizontalRulePrototype{%
\blackrule[height=1pt, width=\hsize]}%
\def\markdownRendererFootnotePrototype#1{\footnote{#1}}%
\stopmodule\protect
% \end{macrocode}
% \iffalse
%
% \fi